‫‪٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤـﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺮﻬﺑﻢ ﻳﻌﺪﻟﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴـﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺳﺮﻛﻢ ﻭﺟﻬﺮﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﺴﺒﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﻋﺒـﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳـﻮﻟﻪ –‬
‫ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺭﰊ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ – ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﺍﺣـﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣـﺔ؛ ﺗـﺬﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﺼﺮﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﻨﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸـﺎﻫﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺷﺪﺍﺋﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻜـﻢ‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻷﻣﻲ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘـﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻬﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﺳـﻠﲔ –‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ – ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻧﻠﻘﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﶈﺸﺮ ﻭﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌـﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸـﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻷﻫـﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﺭ؛ ﻋﺴﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﺷﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻠﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﻧﻀﺮﺓ ﻭﺳﺮﻭﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻲ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻴﺒﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴـﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﻛﻠـﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧًﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤـﺎ ﺳـﺘﻘﺮﺅﻩ ﰲ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﲰﻴﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ‪ :‬ﲟﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣـﺔ ﻛﺄﻬﻧـﺎ ﺗﺒﺼـﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻇﺮﻳﻚ – ﻭﻫﻮ ﲝﻖ – ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﺧﺬﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﺪﺀًﺍ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘـﱪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٦‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﻭﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﺷﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﲤﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ ﺃﳘﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ؛ ﺇﺫ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﶈﺼﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺷـﻴﺨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻥ – ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﺍﷲ – ﺃﺻﻔﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﺃﺣﻠﻰ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺴـﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺃﻣﺮًﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍﺅﻩ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﻟـﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺍﺳﺄﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻌﲏ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺃﻩ ﻭﲰﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﺼًﺎ ﻟﻮﺟﻬﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﳛـﺮﻣﲏ ﻣـﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺭﰊ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺇﻛﺮﺍﻣﻪ ﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ‬
‫ﺭﰊ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻬﺑﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺩﻳﲔ ‪٢٠٠٦٤‬‬

‫****‬
 ‫‪٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﳌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻨﻔﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸـﻮﺭ؛‬
‫ﻟﻴﻔﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﺍﻙ ﺫﻧﺒﻪ ﻣﻐﻔﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﻌﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﺍﻙ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﳍﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻳـﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒـﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﳊﻴـﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺒﻠﻮﻛﻢ ﺃﻳﻜﻢ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻋﻤﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳـﻮﻟﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﺭﺑﻪ ﺑﺸﲑًﺍ ﻭﻧﺬﻳﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ...‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺧﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﳏـﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟـﺪﺍﺭ ﺻـﺒﺎﺣًﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺀً‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ‪» :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺴﻴﺖ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻨﺘﻈـﺮ ﺍﻟﺼـﺒﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀ«‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒـﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺮﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻓﻤﺎ ﻏﺮﺑﺖ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻓﻤـﺎﺗﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻬﻧﺎﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻏﺮﺑﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻓﻤـﺎ ﺃﺷـﺮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻓﻤﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻟﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻭﺣـﻚ‬
‫ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﺪﻙ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺪﺭﻱ ﺃﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﻻ؟ ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﳕﺖ‪» :‬ﺑﺎﲰﻚ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻣﻮﺕ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﻘﻀﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻧـﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺧﱪﻧﺎ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪:‬‬
‫»ﻻ ﺗﺰﻭﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤـﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻢ ﺃﻓﻨﺎﻩ؟ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻢ ﺃﺑﻼﻩ؟ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﻓﻴﻢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ؟ ﻭﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٨‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺒﻪ؟ ﻭﻓﻴﻢ ﺃﻧﻔﻘﻪ؟« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻋـﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺑـﺮﺯﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻤﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﻣﻀﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘـﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺘﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺿﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳـﺎﻡ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻧﺪﻡ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﺧﻮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻧﻠﻘﻲ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺣـﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣـﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟـﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﺃﺧﱪﻧـﺎ‪» :‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻫﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻼﻙ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺨـﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻞ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤـﺮﻭ ﺭﺿـﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻞ – ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :-‬ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻛﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻴـﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻪ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻛﻠـﻪ ﰲ ﺑﻴـﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌـﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﻪ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﻼﺡ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻫـﺪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ؟؟‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺔ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﲜﻤﻠﺘـﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻘـﺎﺭ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺷﺄﻬﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺣﻘﲑﺓ ﻫﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﻸ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﲝﺐ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺻﻐﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺑﺘُﻠﻲ ﲟﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﻻ ﳛﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺘﺤـﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺮﺡ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻠﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﲝﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺛﺔ ﻛﱪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻟﻮ ﺿﺎﻋﺖ ﻓﻤﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﺘﻌﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺼﺢ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﺃﻡ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﺔ ﳌﺎ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ ﺍﷲ‪» :‬ﻗـﺪ ﺳـﺄﻟﺖ ﺍﷲ ﻵﺟـﺎﻝ‬
 ‫‪٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻀﺮﻭﺑﺔ ﻭﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﺭﺯﺍﻕ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻣﺔ«‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋـﻦ ﺍﺑـﻦ‬

‫ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻋُﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺣﺼﻞ ﻟﻨﺎ ﳌﺎ ﺃﺣﺒﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺑﺴﻄﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ؟ ﺃﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺖ ﺭﻏﺒﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻗﻨﻮﻋًﺎ ﺑﺼﻼﺓ ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪َ  :‬ﻭﹺﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧ َﻌ ْﻤﻨَﺎ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺈْﻧﺴَﺎ ِﻥ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ َﺮ َ‬
‫ﺽ َﻭَﻧﺄﹶﻯ ﹺﺑﺠَﺎﹺﻧﹺﺒ ِﻪ َﻭﹺﺇﺫﹶﺍ‬
‫َﻣﺴﱠﻪُ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺮﱡ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻳﺌﹸﻮﺳًﺎ‪] ‬ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪ .[٨٣ :‬ﻓﺤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺧﻄﲑﺓ ﺣﱴ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ؛ ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻛﻦ ﻟﻠﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺣﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻔﻲ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺎﻬﺗﻢ ﺳﻠﺐ ﺣﻼﻭﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺟﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺪ؛‬
‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﳌﺎ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻳﺘﺬﺍﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﻳﺘﺨﻮﻓﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺁﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﲣﺎﻓﻮﻥ؟ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻟﺘُﺼﱭ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﻎ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻴﻪ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻧﻔﺮﺡ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﺧﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪‬؟‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻢ ﻳﺼﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﱪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻔﻘﲑ ﳛﺴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﲏ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﲏ ﻳﺘﻜﱪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻨﻈﺮﻬﺗﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﲝﻼﻭﻬﺗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻶﺧﺮﺓ؟ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪» :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻮﺓ ﺧﻀﺮﺓ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﻠﻔﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ؛ ﻓﻴﻨﻈﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﺎ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺒﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺮ ﻭﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﳚﺮ ﻟﻠﻐﻔﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻔﺮﺡ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﲟﻨﺎﺟﺎﺗﻪ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻫ ّﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪١٠‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﻗﺮﺓ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪» :‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﺖ ﻗﺮﺓ ﻋﻴﲏ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻗﺮﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻔﺮﺡ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ؛ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺒﱭ ﻗﻄﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳋﲑ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺋﻼﺕ ﻣﻠﻬﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻀﻌﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺷﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﻬﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻃﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺇﻻ ﻬﺑﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﺶ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﲡﺪ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺃﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺻﺒﻌًﺎ –‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ – ﻭﻻ ﳜﻠﻮ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﺿﻼﺕ ﳍﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﱃ‬
‫ﰲ ﺗﺸﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﶈﺎﻣﺪ؛ ﺃﳒﱭ ﺻﺎﳊﲔ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ »ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﻋﺼﻢ« ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺼﻢ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺭﺟﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ«‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳﻌﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳُﻀﺮﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺛﺒﺖ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ – ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺎ ﲟﺮ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﳓﻦ ﺑﻐﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﺮﺍﺏ ﺃﻋﺼﻢ ﺃﲪﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﻠﲔ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪» :‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﺎﻥ«‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﱪﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺟﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺟﺪﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﻋﺼﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪١١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻋﻮﺩًﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺪﺀ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻌﺒﺪ ﺧﲑًﺍ ﻧﺰﻉ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺬﻑ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺣﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬ﹺﺇﻧﱠﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ ﹶﻠ ْ‬
‫ﺼﻨَﺎ ُﻫ ْﻢ‬
‫ﺼ ٍﺔ ِﺫ ﹾﻛﺮَﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﺍ ﹺﺭ‪] ‬ﺹ‪.[٤٦ :‬‬
‫ﹺﺑﺨَﺎِﻟ َ‬
‫ﺐ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴﻜﹸﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺈﳝَﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻭ َﺯﻳﱠَﻨﻪُ ﻓِﻲ‬‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪َ  :‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ َﺣﺒﱠ َ‬
‫ﻚ ُﻫ ُﻢ‬‫ﺼﻴَﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺃﹸﻭﹶﻟِﺌ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ْ‬ ‫ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮﹺﺑ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻭ ﹶﻛﺮﱠ َﻩ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴﻜﹸﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻜ ﹾﻔ َﺮ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻔﺴُﻮ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺍ ِﺷﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ‪.[٧ :‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﻸ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﲝﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﻐﺮﺕ ﰲ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻭﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻐﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻚ ﹶﺃ ْﻣﻮَﺍﹸﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻭﻟﹶﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﻭﻟﹶﺎ ُﺩ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﻧﱠﻤَﺎ ُﻳﺮﹺﻳ ُﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ِﻟﻴُ َﻌﺬﱢَﺑ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹺﺑﻬَﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺸﻘﺎﺀ ‪ ‬ﹶﻓﻠﹶﺎ ﺗُ ْﻌ ﹺ‬
‫ﺠ ْﺒ َ‬
‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﱡْﻧﻴَﺎ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪[٥٥ :‬؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﺽ َﻋ ْﻦ ِﺫ ﹾﻛﺮﹺﻱ ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ ﹶﻟﻪُ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ‪َ ‬ﻭ َﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ َﺮ َ‬
‫ﺿ ْﻨﻜﹰﺎ‪] ‬ﻃﻪ‪.[١٢٤ :‬‬ ‫ﺸ ﹰﺔ َ‬
‫َﻣﻌِﻴ َ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺟﻴﺎﻋًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻴﺸﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻈﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻛﻔﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻨﺎ ‪‬ﻭَﺍْﺑَﺘ ﹺﻎ ﻓِﻴﻤَﺎ َﺁﺗَﺎ َﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﺍ َﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ َﺂ ِﺧ َﺮ ﹶﺓ‬
‫ﻚ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﱡْﻧﻴَﺎ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ‪.[٧٧ :‬‬
‫ﺲ َﻧﺼِﻴَﺒ َ‬
‫َﻭﻟﹶﺎ َﺗْﻨ َ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺧﲑ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ – ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ‪» -‬ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺧﲑ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻜﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺰﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪١٢‬‬

‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ؛ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ »ﺍﻋﻤﻞ ﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎﻙ ﻛﺄﻧﻚ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﺃﺑﺪًﺍ ﻭﺍﻋﻤﻞ‬

‫ﻵﺧﺮﺗﻚ ﻛﺄﻧﻚ ﲤﻮﺕ ﻏﺪًﺍ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺄﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻧﻠﺒﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻧﺘﻔﻮﻕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻠﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﲝﺐ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺰﻫﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺰﻫﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺴﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﳍﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﺓ؛ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻳﺮﻛﻀﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺮﻋﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺮﻛﻀﻮﻥ ﻭﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﲑ؟ ﳍﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻔﻮﺍ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﺪ ﺭﺍﺣﻠﺘﻪ ﻣﺴﺮﻋًﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ؟ ﺃﻡ ﺃﻧﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻔﻮﺍ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﰲ ﺿﻼﻝ؟ ﻟﻌﻠﻜﻢ ﲤﺸﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻇﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺸﺐ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺯﻫﺪﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﻫﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ﹸﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﱡْﻧﻴَﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ َﺂ ِﺧ َﺮ ِﺓ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪َ ‬ﻭ ﹶﻓ ﹺﺮﺣُﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﱡْﻧﻴَﺎ َﻭﻣَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﹺﺇﻟﱠﺎ َﻣﺘَﺎﻉٌ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ‪.[٢٦ :‬‬

‫****‬
 ‫‪١٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻋُﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﲦﺎﱐ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻏﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻛﺄﺱ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺷﺎﺭﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻟﻐﺰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ُﺗﺤﱡﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺴﻢ ﻻ ﻳُﻔﻚﱡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺭﺻﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻣﺮﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻫﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﺕ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﲰﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻫﺎﺩﻣًﺎ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﻟﺬﺍﺗﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺪﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﻟﺬﺓ ﻟﺬﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺿﻴﻌﺘﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺷﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺿﻴﻌﺘﻚ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻣﺘﺰﻭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺗﻨﻬﺪﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻕ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﻕ ﻭﺃﻳﻘﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺩﻧﺖ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻣﻔﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻣﻬﺮﺏ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺕ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪  :‬ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ َﻧ ﹾﻔ ﹴ‬
‫ﺲ ﺫﹶﺍِﺋ ﹶﻘﺔﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ‪ ،[٥٧ :‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺫﺍﺋﻘﺔ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺬﻭﻕ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺃﱂ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﱂ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪» :‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺕ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪١٤‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪» :‬ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ«‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ –‬
‫ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪» -‬ﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺑﻌﻀﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻛﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻀ َﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﺐ ﻓﺮﺣًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﻘﻰ« ﹶﻓ َ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻓﻀﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ؟ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺘﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﲰﻚ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﺑﻴﻚ ﻭﺟﺪﻙ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻙ؟ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﳏﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗُﻤﺤﻰ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﻻ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ﳑﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﺣﺪ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ‪.-‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﲔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺫﻟﻚ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ – ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻻ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺍﺀ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ – ﳜﻄﺐ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻜﻢ ﲨﻌﻮﺍ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻨﻮﺍ ﺷﺪﻳﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣّﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ‪،‬ﻓﺄﺻﺒﺢ ﲨﻌﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺭًﺍ ‪،‬ﻭﺑﻨﻴﺎﻬﻧﻢ ﻗﺒﻮﺭًﺍ ‪،‬ﻭﺁﻣﺎﳍﻢ ﻏﺮﻭﺭًﺍ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ؛ ﺇﺫ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﱂ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺎﱂ ﻻ ﺗﺪﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻴﺤﺼﻞ ﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺃﻭﻝ ﳊﻈﺔ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ؟‬
 ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﺟﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﺴﻴﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻷﺟﺮﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺰﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﺀ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭﺳﻴُﻄﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﳌﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ‪» :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺇﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻀﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻳﺒﺸﺮ ﺑﺎﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻐﻔﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ َﺭﺑﱡﻨَﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ﹸﺛﻢﱠ‬
‫ﺠﻨﱠ ِﺔ‬
‫ﺸﺮُﻭﺍ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﺤ َﺰﻧُﻮﺍ َﻭﹶﺃْﺑ ِ‬
‫ﺍ ْﺳَﺘﻘﹶﺎﻣُﻮﺍ َﺗَﺘَﻨﺰﱠﻝﹸ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹺﻬﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻠﹶﺎِﺋ ﹶﻜﺔﹸ ﹶﺃﻟﱠﺎ َﺗﺨَﺎﻓﹸﻮﺍ َﻭﻟﹶﺎ َﺗ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﹸﻛ ْﻨُﺘ ْﻢ ﺗُﻮ َﻋﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﻓﺼﻠﺖ‪.[٣٠ :‬‬
‫‪» -٢‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﻛﻔﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺣﻨﻮﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ«‪ .‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﳚﻲﺀ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﻠﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﺧﺮﺟﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ« ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﲰﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺷﺘﺎﻗﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻓﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺗُﺴ ﹼﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗُﺴ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﹼ‬
‫»ﻛﻤﺎ ﲣﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﲔ« ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬

‫ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﰲ ﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻚ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪» -٥‬ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻛﺄﻃﻴﺐ ﻧﻔﺤﺔ ﻣﺴﻚ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﻳُﺼﻌﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﳍﺎ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪» :‬ﺍﻛﺘﺒﻮﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﰲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻴﺪﻭﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﰲ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ« ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﲔ؛‬
‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﲢﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ‪ :‬ﻋﺮﺱ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﲔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﳋﺒﻴﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‪» :‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺀ«‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺇﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ« ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﳋﺒﻴﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﲣﻴﻞ ﻟﻮ ﺟﺎﺀﻙ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﲡﻤﻊ ﺣﺮﺍﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺘﻚ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺻَﻴ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﲬﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ‪  .‬ﹶﻓﻠﹶﺎ َﻳ ْ‬
‫ﺴَﺘﻄِﻴﻌُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﺗ ْﻮ ِ‬
‫َﻭﻟﹶﺎ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻫ ِﻠ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﺮ ﹺﺟﻌُﻮ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﻳﺲ‪ .[٥٠ :‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻉ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﺟﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ؟‬
 ‫‪١٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫‪ -١‬ﻳُﺒﺸّﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ‪َ  :‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻮ َﺗﺮَﻯ ﹺﺇ ِﺫ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎِﻟﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﻏ َﻤﺮَﺍ ِ‬

‫ﺕ‬
‫ﺠ َﺰ ْﻭ ﹶﻥ‬
‫ﺴﻜﹸﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ َﻡ ﺗُ ْ‬
‫ﺕ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻠﹶﺎِﺋ ﹶﻜﺔﹸ ﺑَﺎ ِﺳﻄﹸﻮ ﹶﺃْﻳﺪِﻳ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﺧ ﹺﺮﺟُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧﻔﹸ َ‬
‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِ‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟﻬُﻮ ِﻥ‪] ‬ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪.[٩٣ :‬‬ ‫َﻋﺬﹶﺍ َ‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ‪» ،‬ﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﺳﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﺃﻛﻔﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺣﻨﻮﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ« ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﳚﻲﺀ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻓﻴﻘﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺒﻴﺜﺔ ﺍﺧﺮﺟﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺨﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻏﻀﺐ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﲰﻌﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻔﺮﻗﺖ ﰲ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳍﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺗُﻨﺰﻉ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﻧﺰﻋًﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪًﺍ‪» ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻬﺎ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﰲ ﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺰﻋﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ‪ :‬ﻛﻨﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺟﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪» -٥‬ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﺧﺒﺚ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ«‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﻳُﺼﻌﺪ ﺑﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗُﻔﺘﺢ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪» :‬ﺍﻛﺘﺒﻮﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺳﺠﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻰ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺃﲪﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺭﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪١٨‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﱪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ »ﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﻈﺮًﺍ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﺃﻓﻈﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳉﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﺤﺼّﻞ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳُﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﲰﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴُﺠﻠﺴﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﻋﻮﺏ ﺧﺎﺋﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﻧﻜﲑ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻗـﻮﻝ ﳍـﻢ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻫﺎﻟﲏ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﻭ ﺃﻓـﺰﻋﲏ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﻠﺴﻮﱐ ﻭﺟﺪّﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺳـﺆﺍﳍﻢ ﻣﺎﱄ ﺳﻮﺍﻙ ﺇﳍﻲ ﻣـﻦ ﻳﺜﺒـﺘﲏ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﺰﻉ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻦ؛ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﳌﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻍ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻓﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻷﺧﻴﻜﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳُﺴﺄﻝ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻞ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺴﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ؟‬
‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﻭﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﲡﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺮ ّﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺸﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮ ﹰﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻏﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺿﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﻀﻴﻌﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺿﻴﻌﺘﻤﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺴﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﻴﺘﻤﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‬
 ‫‪١٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻚ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﻳﻨﻚ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻴﻚ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﲰﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ«‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻭﻻ ﺻﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻪ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ؟ ﻻ‬
‫ﺷﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺭﻭﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻳﺎﺽ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ؛ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺎ ﺗُﺮﻯ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ؟ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫»ﰒ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻣﻠﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﻠﺴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻻﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻚ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﰊ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻻﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﻳﻨﻚ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺩﻳﲏ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻻﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ُﺑﻌِﺚ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻮ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻻﻥ‪ :‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺭﻳﻚ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺁﻣﻨﺖ ﻭﺻﺪﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﺭﻭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﻳﺎﺽ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﻪ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺩﻱ‪» :‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﺮﺷﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺤﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺑًﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﻟﺒﺴﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺣﻬﺎ ﻭﻃﻴﺒﻬﺎ« ﺣﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻳُﻔﺴﺢ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻗﱪﻩ ﻣ ّﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻭﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﻋًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ُ -٣‬ﻳﻨّﻮﺭ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻗﱪﻩ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻭﻳﻔﺴﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺫﺭﺍﻋًﺎ‬
‫ﰒ ﻳﻨﻮﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺯﺍﺩ‪» :‬ﻭُﻳﻨّﻮﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٠‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﻳَﺮﻯ ﻣﻘﻌﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪» :‬ﺛﹸﻢ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﻌﺪﻙ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻏﺒﻄﺔ ﻭﺳﺮﻭﺭًﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﺍﻙ ﻣﻘﻌﺪﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻟﻮ ﻋﺼﻴﺖ ﺍﷲ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ‪.‬‬
‫‪» -٥‬ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﹸﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺃﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ؛ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﻠﻲ ﻭﻣﺎﱄ«‬
‫ﰒ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪» :‬ﱎ ﻧﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﻻ ﻳﻮﻗﻈﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻀﺠﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ‪» :‬ﻓﻴﺰﺩﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻏﺒﻄﺔ ﻭﺳﺮﻭﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﻠﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲡﻌﻞ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ ﰲ ﻧﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﻌﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻴﻔﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ – ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :-‬ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‬
‫»ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ‪ :‬ﻃﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﻌﻠﻖ ﰲ ﺷﺠﺮ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﺮﺟﻌﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻪ«‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﲎ ﻳُﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﺃﻱ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺟﻮﻑ ﻃﲑ ﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﳍﺎ ﻗﻨﺎﺩﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮﺡ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺷﺎﺀﺕ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﺄﻭﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺩﻳﻞ«‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺟﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻔﺮ ﹰﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ؛ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺭﺩﺍﺀﺓ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺼﲑﻩ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪» :‬ﰒ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻣﻠﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﻠﺴﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻻﻥ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻚ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻻﻥ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻨﻚ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻻﻥ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻌﺚ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ«‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ‬
 ‫‪٢١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ »ﲰﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﻘﻠﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻨﺎ ٍﺩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ« ﰒ ﻳﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﺣﻔﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺬﺍﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪» -١‬ﻓﻴُﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﺮﺷﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻟﺒﺴﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺤﻮﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺑًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ َﺣﺮﱠﻫﺎ ﻭ َﺳﻤُﻮﻣﻬﺎ«‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪» -٢‬ﻳﻀﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﺿﻼﻋﻪ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻳُﻤﻸ ﻗﱪﻩ ﻇﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺩ«‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪» :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﳑﻠﻮﺀﺓ ﻇﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻨﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺼﻼﰐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ«‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻳُﺴﻠﹼﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺛﻌﺎﺑﲔ ﻭﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ‪» :‬ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻧﲔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﻧﻔﺦ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺒﺘﺖ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺸﻪ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻳُﻔﻀﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﺴﺎﺏ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ‪» :‬ﻭ ُﺳﻠﹼﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻮﻥ ﺗﻨﻴﻨًﺎ« ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﻭﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ« ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪» :‬ﺗﻨﻴﻨﲔ« ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﲝﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﻘﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻘﻌﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻃﺎﻉ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺣﺴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٢‬‬

‫‪» -٦‬ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻗﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﱳ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ؟ ﻓﻮﺟﻬﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺄﰐ ﲞﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻚ ﺍﳋﺒﻴﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ«‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺯﺥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻥ‪] ‬ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪[١٠٠ :‬‬
‫‪َ ‬ﻭ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻭ َﺭﺍِﺋ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ َﺑ ْﺮ َﺯﺥٌ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻳ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ ُﻳ ْﺒ َﻌﺜﹸﻮ ﹶ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺯﺥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻳﺸﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﱪﺯﺥ‬
‫ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﻪ؛ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ‪،‬‬
‫ﲨﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻄﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺫﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺯﺥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺩُﻓﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﻠﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻋًﺎ‪» :‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﲑﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﺒﻨﻴﻪ ﳌﺎ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﲏ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﺃﺩﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺧ ً‬
‫ﺭﺟ ﹰ‬
‫ﺕ ﻓﺤﻤًﺎ ﻓﺎﺳﺤﻘﻮﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺖّ ﻓﺄﺣﺮﻗﻮﱐ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﺮ ُ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﻳﺢ ﻋﺎﺻﻒ ﻓﺬﺭّﻭﱐ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻮﺍﺛﻴﻘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﺭّﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪ؛ ﻋﻠﹼﻪ ﻳﻨﺠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﲨﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﱪ ﻓﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺄﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﲪﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﺖ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﺸﻴﺘﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﺮﻗﹰﺎ ﻣﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺗﻼﻓﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺭﲪﻪ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻘﺎﺩﺓ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﺼﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻲﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﺯﺥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪٢٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺗﻔﲎ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﻋﺠْﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻛﻞ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻳﺄﻛﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﻋﺠْﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺮﻛﺐ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡﺓ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻋﺪﺍ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﰲ ﻗﺼﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﺪﻭﺩ‪» :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺩﻓﻦ ﻓﻴﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﹺﺝ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻏﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﲔ ﻗﺘﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﺮﺣﻪ ﻳﺜﻌﺐ ﺩﻣًﺎ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﺯﺥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﱎ ﻧﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗﻈﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻀﺠﻌﻪ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫»ﻳﻀﺮﺏ ﲟﻄﺎﺭﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﺿﻼﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺬﺑًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﺒﻌﺜﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻀﺠﻌﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻣﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ‪» ،‬ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﳛًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻡ« ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﺃﻟﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺪﻉ ﺃﺣﺪًﺍ‬
‫ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﺫﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻗﺒﻀﺘﻪ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺷﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻬﺎﺭﺟﻮﻥ ﻬﺗﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﳊﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫»ﰒ ﻳﻨﻔﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺻﻐﻰ ﻟﻴﺘًﺎ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻳﻠﻮﻁ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺇﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺼﻌﻖ ﻭﻳﺼﻌﻖ‬
‫ﺕ‬
‫ﺼ ِﻌ َﻖ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎﻭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ‪َ ‬ﻭﻧُ ِﻔ َ‬
‫ﺦ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﱡﻮ ﹺﺭ ﹶﻓ َ‬
‫ﺽ ﹺﺇﻟﱠﺎ َﻣ ْﻦ ﺷَﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪.[٦٨ :‬‬
‫َﻭ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﹶﺄ ْﺭ ﹺ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٤‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ »ﻗﺮﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﺦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺛﻘﻮﺏ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﹼﻞ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺺ ﺑﺒﺼﺮﻩ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﱴ ﻳﺆﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺦ«‬ ‫ﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺷﺎﺧ ٌ‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪» :‬ﻭﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻨﻔﺦ ﻧﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺼﻌﻖ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺪ ﲬﺪﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﺭ ﻋ ّﺰ ﻭﺟ ﹼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺌﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺖ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﳊﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﻲ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻘﻴ َ‬
‫ﳝﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﲪﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﻲ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ﻭﻣﻴﻜﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﻤﺖ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ﻭﻣﻴﻜﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﲪﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ ﰒ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ﻭﻣﻴﻜﺎﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﻲ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻘﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﳊﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﳝﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﲪﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻤﺖ ﲪﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﻲ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﳊﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﳝﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﺘﻚ ﳌﺎ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻤُﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺒﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮًﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺒﻖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﺒﺾ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻄﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻴﻤﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ »:‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ؟ ﺃﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺒﺎﺭﻭﻥ؟ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﱪﻭﻥ؟ «ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩ »ﺣﱴ ﻧﻈﺮﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﱪ ﻳﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
 ‫‪٢٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﺃﺳﺎﻗﻂ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪‬؟« ﻭﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ »ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ؟ ﺃﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ؟ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﺑﺮﺓ؟ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺭﺯﻗﻲ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﻏﲑﻱ؟« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺮﻗﻨﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳُﻔﲏ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ‪ ‬ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ َﻣ ْﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺮَﺍ ﹺﻡ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪،٢٦ :‬‬‫ﺠﻠﹶﺎ ﹺﻝ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟﹺﺈ ﹾ‬
‫ﻚ ﺫﹸﻭ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴﻬَﺎ ﻓﹶﺎ ٍﻥ * َﻭَﻳ ْﺒﻘﹶﻰ َﻭ ْﺟﻪُ َﺭﺑﱢ َ‬
‫‪.[٢٧‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ‪‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﻧُ ِﻔ َ‬
‫ﺦ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﹸﺃ ْﺧﺮَﻯ ﹶﻓﹺﺈﺫﹶﺍ ُﻫ ْﻢ ِﻗﻴَﺎﻡٌ َﻳ ْﻨ ﹸﻈﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ‪‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪  ،[٦٨ :‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻤَﺎ ِﻫ َﻲ َﺯ ْﺟ َﺮﺓﹲ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪﺓﹲ * ﹶﻓﹺﺈﺫﹶﺍ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴﱠﺎ ِﻫ َﺮ ِﺓ‪‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‪ [١٤ ،١٣ :‬ﻧﻔﺨﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺭ؟ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺛﹸﻢ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻄﺮًﺍ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ« ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ »ﻛﻤﲏ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﺛﲏ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺫﺭﺍﻋًﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﻓﺘﻨﺒﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻠﺖ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺦ‪ ،‬ﲣﺮﺝ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻛﺄﻬﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺗﺘﻮﻫﺞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻣﻸﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬ﻭﻋﺰﰐ ﻭﺟﻼﱄ ﻟﺘﺮﺟﻌﻦ ﻛﻞﹼ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﺮﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﰲ ﻗﺒﻮﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺪﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺪﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻢّ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺪﻳﻎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﻲ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﻭﺗﻨﺸﻖ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﺟﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﺳﺮﺍﻋًﺎ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺸﺮٌ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺸﺮ« ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺝ‪ ١‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪  :‬ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬
‫ﻚ َﺣ ْ‬
‫ﺴﲑٌ‪] ‬ﻕ‪.[٤٤ :‬‬
‫َﻳ ِ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٦‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺭ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ؛ ﻟﻴﻔﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﺍﻙ‬
‫ﺫﻧﺒﻪ ﻣﻐﻔﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﻌﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﳍﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻳُﺤﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻔﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻘﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻲ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪» :‬ﺗﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﺭﺿًﺎ ﺑﻴﻀﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﻟﻔﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳُﺴﻔﻚ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﻗﻂ« ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻷﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺯﺭﻉ ﻭﻻ ﺟﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪  :‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻤَﺎ ِﻫ َﻲ َﺯ ْﺟ َﺮﺓﹲ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪ ﹲﺓ * ﹶﻓﹺﺈﺫﹶﺍ ُﻫ ْﻢ‬
‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺴﱠﺎ ِﻫ َﺮ ِﺓ ﻧﻔﺨﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪َ  :‬ﻭَﺑ َﺮﺯُﻭﺍ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ‬
‫َﺟﻤِﻴﻌًﺎ‪ ‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﰊ ﺭﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻘﻴﻨﺎﻩ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺗﻜﻢ ﻻ ﳜﻔﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺧﺎﻓﻴﺔ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﳊﺸﺮ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺻﻌﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻕ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﻛﺒﲑ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﺱ ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻻ‬
‫ﻋﻬﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ‪َ ،‬ﻳ ْﻮ َﻡ َﺗ ْﺮﺟُﻒُ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺍ ﹺﺟ ﹶﻔﺔﹸ * َﺗ ْﺘَﺒ ُﻌﻬَﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺍ ِﺩ ﹶﻓﺔﹸ * ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮﺏٌ َﻳ ْﻮ َﻣِﺌ ٍﺬ‬
‫ﻭَﺍ ﹺﺟ ﹶﻔﺔﹲ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ‪ [٨-٦ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺧﺎﺋﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺗﺮﺗﺞ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺰﻟﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﳍﺎ؟ ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﲤﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ ﺗﺴﲑ‬
‫ﺳﲑًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﲞﻠﺨﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺤﻞ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻄﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ‬
 ‫‪٢٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺍﻛﺐ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﻬﺪ ﻭﺗﻨﻬﺎﺭ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺰﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ؟ ﻭﻳﺘﻄﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻔﻘﺪ ﺻﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻛﺎﻟﻔﺮﺍﺵ ﺍﳌﺒﺜﻮﺙ‪،‬‬
‫ﰲ ﲪﻘﻪ ﻭﻗﻠﺔ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻜﺎﺭﻯ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﻜﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺀﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﺮّ؟ ﻭﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺒﲔ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ ﻭﺿﻌﻔﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻬﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺼﻲ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ‪َ‬ﻳ ْﻮ َﻡ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ُﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ُ‬
‫ﺡ‬
‫ﺻﻮَﺍﺑًﺎ *‬
‫ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻠﹶﺎِﺋ ﹶﻜﺔﹸ ﺻَﻔًّﺎ ﻟﹶﺎ َﻳَﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱠﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺇﻟﱠﺎ َﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ِﺫ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﻟﺮﱠ ْﺣ َﻤﻦُ َﻭﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ َ‬
‫ﺤﻖﱡ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺄ‪.[٣٩-٣٨ :‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ ُﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬
‫ﻀﻊُ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻭَﺗ َ‬
‫ﺿ َﻌ ْ‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ‪َ‬ﺗ ﹾﺬ َﻫﻞﹸ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻣُ ْﺮ ِ‬
‫ﺿ َﻌ ٍﺔ َﻋﻤﱠﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﺭ َ‬
‫ﺱ ُﺳﻜﹶﺎﺭَﻯ َﻭﻣَﺎ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﹺﺑﺴُﻜﹶﺎﺭَﻯ َﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ‬ ‫ﺕ َﺣ ْﻤ ﹴﻞ َﺣ ْﻤ ﹶﻠﻬَﺎ َﻭَﺗﺮَﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ َ‬
‫ﺫﹶﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ َﺷﺪِﻳﺪٌ‪] ‬ﺍﳊﺞ‪ [٢ :‬ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﳊﺸﺮ ﳊﻈ ﹰﺔ ﳊﻈﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫َﻋﺬﹶﺍ َ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺟﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ؛ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﳋﺸﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻻ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺧﻮﻓﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ؛ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺴﻠﻚ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻣﻨﲔ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫»ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻧﻔﺦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻧﻔﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺪﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺮﻉ ﻗﺘﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺪﻓﻦ ﻣﻴﺖ ﺇﻻ ﺷﻘﹼﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﱪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻱ ﺟﺎﻟﺴًﺎ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻨﻔﲔ‪ :‬ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪َ  :‬ﻣ ْﻦ َﺑ َﻌﹶﺜﻨَﺎ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻣ ْﺮ ﹶﻗ ِﺪﻧَﺎ‪] ‬ﻳﺲ‪ [٥٢ :‬ﻭﺻﻨﻒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪َ  :‬ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﻣَﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٢٨‬‬

‫ﻕ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﺮ َﺳﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﻳﺲ‪ [٥٢ :‬ﻭﳜﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﺎ ﹰﺓ ﻋﺮﺍ ﹰﺓ‬ ‫ﺻ َﺪ َ‬ ‫َﻭ َﻋ َﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﱠ ْﺣ َﻤﻦُ َﻭ َ‬
‫ﻏﺮ ﹰﻻ ﺧﺎﺋﻔﲔ ‪‬ﺧَﺎ ِﺷ َﻌ ﹰﺔ ﹶﺃْﺑﺼَﺎ ُﺭ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﺗ ْﺮ َﻫﻘﹸﻬُ ْﻢ ِﺫﻟﱠﺔﹲ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪ [٤٣ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﺊ ﺃﻬﻧﻢ ﳜﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻛﺮﺏ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﲣﻴﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﲢﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﲣﺮﺝ ﺣﺎﻓﻴًﺎ ﻋﺎﺭﻳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺳﻚ ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜ ﹼﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺎﺗﺖ ﺃﻣﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﺰ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻧﻚ؟ ﰒ ﻗﺪّﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻗﻚ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ؟ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪َ‬ﻳ ْﻮ َﻡ َﻳ ِﻔﺮﱡ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﺮ ُﺀ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃﺧِﻴ ِﻪ * َﻭﺃﹸﻣﱢ ِﻪ َﻭﹶﺃﺑﹺﻴ ِﻪ *‬
‫ﺷ ﹾﺄﻥﹲ ُﻳ ْﻐﻨﹺﻴ ِﻪ‪] ‬ﻋﺒﺲ‪-٣٤ :‬‬
‫ﺉ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﻮ َﻣِﺌ ٍﺬ َ‬
‫َﻭﺻَﺎ ِﺣَﺒِﺘ ِﻪ َﻭَﺑﻨﹺﻴ ِﻪ * ِﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ ﺍ ْﻣ ﹺﺮ ﹴ‬
‫‪ [٣٧‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﱪﻱ‪ ،‬ﳒﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؛ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻭﻟﺪ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﻳﺸﻔﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺭﺟﺎﺀ ﻃﺎﻣﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﺗﺰﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﲢﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺗﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﳛﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﶈﺸﺮ؟ ﻳُﺤﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﺟًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺬ ّﺭ ﻳﻄﺆﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﻗﺪﺍﻣﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﱪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺰّﺍﺭ ﻷﻥ ﻛﱪﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻏﻄﺮﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳛﺸﺮ ﻭﺟﺴﺪﻩ ﻳﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫‪َ ‬ﺳﺮَﺍﺑﹺﻴﻠﹸﻬُ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﻗ ِﻄﺮَﺍ ٍﻥ َﻭَﺗ ْﻐﺸَﻰ ُﻭﺟُﻮ َﻫﻬُﻢُ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ُﺭ‪] ‬ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪.[٥٠ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻨﻒ ﳛﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﺠﻤﻟﺎﻧﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺃﻛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻨﻒ ﳛﺸﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻠﻮﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﻬﺗﻢ‪» :‬ﳛﺸﺮ ﻭﺷﻘﺔ‬
 ‫‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻗﻂ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻨﻒ ﳛﺸﺮ ﻳﻨﺒﺢ ﻛﺎﻟﻜﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﺤﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻨﻒ ﳛﺸﺮ ﻭﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﺁﻳﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ »ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻋﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺸﻄﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻨﻒ ﺃﻋﻤﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻨﻒ ﳛﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺃﺻﻢ ﺃﺑﻜﻢ ﺃﻋﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻨﻒ ﳛﺸﺮ ﻭﻧﻮﺭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﺑﺄﳝﺎﻬﻧﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻨﻒ ﳛﺸﺮ ﻭﻓﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻨﻒ ﳛﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻕ ﺭﺣﻠﻬﺎ ﺫﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻨﻒ ﳝﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻨﻒ ﻳﺴﺤﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻘﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺻﺎﺕ؟ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ؟ ﺃﻭ ﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ؟‬
‫ﻻ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﲬﺴﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ »ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲨﻌﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﲬﺴﲔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺷﺮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺎﺓ ﻋﺮﺍ ﹰﺓ ﻏﺮ ﹰﻻ« ﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﻨﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻤﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻻ ﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﲢﻤﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻻ ﺟﻠﻮﺱ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺭﺍﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪» :‬ﳛﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﺟﻮﻉ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻇﻤﺄ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻗﻂ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﻬﻢ ﺣﻔﺎ ﹰﺓ ﻋﺮﺍ ﹰﺓ ﺧﺎﺋﻔﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺟﻮﻉ ﻭﻇﻤﺄ ﻭﺗﻌﺐ‬
‫ﻭﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﺇﻻ ﺑﻜﻰ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻼ« ﻭﰲ‬‫»ﻭﺍﷲ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﺒﻜﻴﺘﻢ ﻛﺜﲑًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻀﺤﻜﺘﻢ ﻗﻠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﻫﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺄﰐ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ – ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻠﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻔﻠﺘﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﱂ ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻣﺴﺎﻛﻬﺎ؛ ﻟﻌﻈﻢ ﺷﺄﻬﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘُﺠ ّﺮ ﺑﺄﺯﻣّﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳎﻴﺆﻫﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﻌﺬﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٣٠‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ‪» :‬ﻳﺆﰐ ﲜﻬﻨﻢ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﳍﺎ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺯﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻣﻠﻚ ﳚﺮﻭﻬﻧﺎ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﰐ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺼ ﹺﺮ‪] ‬ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻼﺕ‪.[٣٢ :‬‬ ‫ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺑﻌﻀًﺎ‪َ :‬ﺗ ْﺮﻣِﻲ ﹺﺑ َ‬
‫ﺸ َﺮ ﹴﺭ ﻛﹶﺎﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ْ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺮﻣﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﻭﺍﳊﺼﻮﻥ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺿﺮﺳﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺟﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺭﺕ ﻭﺷﻬﻘﺖ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ‪ :‬ﹺﺇﺫﹶﺍ َﺭﹶﺃْﺗ ُﻬ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻣﻜﹶﺎ ٍﻥ َﺑﻌِﻴ ٍﺪ َﺳ ِﻤﻌُﻮﺍ ﹶﻟﻬَﺎ َﺗ َﻐﻴﱡﻈﹰﺎ َﻭ َﺯ ِﻓ ً‬
‫ﲑ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪ [١٢ :‬ﻓﺘﺰﻓﺮ ﻭﺗﻜﺎﺩ ﺗﺘﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻆ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻧﱯ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺮﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺯﺍﻕ‪ :‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﻠﻚ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻧﱯ ﺇﻻ ﺧ ّﺮ ﺗﺮﻋﺪ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺼﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪َ ‬ﻭَﺗﺮَﻯ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﺃﹸﻣﱠ ٍﺔ ﺟَﺎِﺛَﻴ ﹰﺔ‪] ‬ﺍﳉﺎﺛﻴﺔ‪ [٢٨ :‬ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜ ﹼﻞ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪» :‬ﺃﻣﱵ ﺃﻣﱵ« ﻭﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﻖ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﺼﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﺒﺼﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﻭﻛﻠﺖ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺇﳍﹰﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﳌﺼﻮﺭﻳﻦ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ – ﻓﺤﺬﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺇﻻ ﳌﻀﻄﺮ – ﻓﻴﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻖ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺒﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﺬﻓﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻏﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﲔ ﹶﻟﻤﱠﺎ‬ ‫ﻀ ِﻠ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ﹶﻓﻤَﺎ ﹶﻟﻪُ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻭِﻟﻲﱟ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺑ ْﻌ ِﺪ ِﻩ َﻭَﺗﺮَﻯ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎِﻟ ِﻤ َ‬
‫‪َ ‬ﻭ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻳُ ْ‬
‫ﺏ َﻳﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻫ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻣ َﺮﺩﱟ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺳﺒﹺﻴ ﹴﻞ * َﻭَﺗﺮَﺍ ُﻫ ْﻢ ُﻳ ْﻌ َﺮﺿُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴﻬَﺎ‬‫َﺭﹶﺃﻭُﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﺬﹶﺍ َ‬
‫ﺧ ِﻔﻲﱟ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ‪[٤٥ ،٤٤ :‬‬ ‫ﻑ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺬﻝﱢ َﻳ ْﻨ ﹸﻈﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﻃ ْﺮ ٍ‬ ‫ﺧَﺎ ِﺷ ِﻌ َ‬
‫ﺴﻨَﻰ‬ ‫ﺤْ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ؟ ‪‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺳَﺒ ﹶﻘ ْ‬
‫ﺖ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ِﻣﻨﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ ُ‬
 ‫‪٣١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﺖ‬
‫ﺴﻬَﺎ َﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻓِﻲ ﻣَﺎ ﺍ ْﺷَﺘ َﻬ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﻌُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﺣﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻋ ْﻨﻬَﺎ ُﻣ ْﺒ َﻌﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ * ﻟﹶﺎ َﻳ ْ‬
‫ﺃﹸﻭﹶﻟِﺌ َ‬
‫ﺤﺰُﻧُﻬُﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ َﺰﻉُ ﺍﹾﻟﹶﺄ ﹾﻛَﺒﺮُ َﻭَﺗَﺘ ﹶﻠﻘﱠﺎ ُﻫ ُﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻠﹶﺎِﺋ ﹶﻜﺔﹸ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ‬
‫ﹶﺃْﻧﻔﹸﺴُﻬُ ْﻢ ﺧَﺎِﻟﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ * ﻟﹶﺎ َﻳ ْ‬
‫َﻳ ْﻮﻣُﻜﹸﻢُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﹸﻛ ْﻨُﺘ ْﻢ ﺗُﻮ َﻋﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.[١٠٣-١٠١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺪﻧﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳜﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺰﺍﺩ ﰲ ﺣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻖ ﻭﻋﺮﻕ ﻭﺃﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﻄﻌﺖ ﺍﻷﻋﻨﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺶ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛ ﱞﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺗﺪﻧﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻕ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻌﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻛﺒﺘﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻘﻮﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻠﺠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻕ ﺇﳉﺎﻣًﺎ«‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﺇﱃ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺨﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳋﻠﻖ ُﻣ ﹾﻠﺠَﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﺰﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻓﻴﺘﻐﺸﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻇﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮ َﻡ ﻻ ﻇﻞ ﺇﻻ ﻇﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﻣﺴﺘﻈﻞ ﺑﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺻﻬﺮﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻚ ﺳﺒﻊ ﻓﺮﺹ‪:‬‬
‫‪» -١‬ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﺎﺩﻝ« ﻃﻴﺐ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ! ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪» -٢‬ﺷﺎﺏ ﻧﺸﺄ ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ« ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺷﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻛﺮﻩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﺪﺭﻱ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻖ!‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٣٢‬‬

‫ﺃﱂ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ‪» ‬ﺃﻭﺛﻖ ﻋﺮﻯ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺐ ﰲ ﺍﷲ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪» -٣‬ﻭﺭﺟﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ«‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ‪ ...‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﻘﻞ‪ :‬ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪» -٤‬ﺭﺟﻼﻥ ﲢﺎﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺍﷲ«‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻗﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﲝﺚ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻣﺶ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺗﻔﻮﺯ ﺑﺸﻔﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪» -٥‬ﺭﺟﻞ ﺩﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻭﲨﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﱐ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺎﻑ ﺍﷲ«‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﳚﺮﻱ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﻉ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪» -٦‬ﻭﺭﺟﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺧﺎﻟﻴًﺎ ﻓﻔﺎﺿﺖ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﻩ«‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫»ﻛﻞ ﻋﲔ ﺑﺎﻛﻴﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺛﻼﺙ‪ :‬ﻋﲔ ﻏﻀﺖ ﻋﻦ ﳏﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﲔ ﺳﻬﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﲔ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺭﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ«‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻷﺻﺒﻬﺎﱐ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‬
‫– ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ – ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺬﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺍﷲ ‪ !...‬ﻟﻮ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﱂ ﲡﺪ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺭﺟﻞ ﺗﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﺼﺪﻗﺔ ﻓﺄﺧﻔﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﴰﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﻖ ﳝﻴﻨﻪ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ – ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ – ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺴﻜﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﺼﺪﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰒ ﻬﺗﺮﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺍﻙ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﳚﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺧﺼﻠﺘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪٣٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺮﺹ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻌﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻓﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﺘﻴﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻭﻕ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﺴﲑ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬فَ َذلِ َك يَ ْو َم ِئ ٍذ يَ ْو ٌم َع ِ‬
‫سي ٌر‪‬‬
‫]سورة المدثر‪[٩ :‬‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻐ ّﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﻔﻊ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻄﻠﺒﻮﻥ ﺗﻌﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺗﺎﺣﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺧﻮﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻧﱯ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ –‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ‪» -‬ﻟﺴﺖ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﻏﻀﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻏﻀﺒًﺎ ﱂ‬
‫ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﻐﻀﺐ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ«‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﳍﺎ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ – ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪:-‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣـﻦ ﻧـﱯ ﻧﺎﳍـﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺃﻧـﺎ ﳍـﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺴﺠﺪ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪» :‬ﻓﺄﲪﺪ ﺍﷲ ﲟﺤﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫ﱂ ﳛﻤﺪﻩ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺃﺣﺴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ«‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺸﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺻﻌﻮﺑﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‘‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ – ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪ :-‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﲬﺴﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻃﻮﻟﻪ! ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ‪» :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺨﻔﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺆﻣﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻫﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻳﺼﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٣٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻄﻮﻝ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﻔﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﻲ ﺃﻣ ْﺮ ﳓﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﻮﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ؛‬
‫ﻷﻬﻧﻢ ﻋﺮﺍﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﺴﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ – ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ –‬
‫ﰒ ﻳﻜﺴﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺣﻠﺔ ﺣﱪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳝﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ )ﺑﺪﺉ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ – ﻭﺛﲏ ﲟﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﹸﺗﻰ ﲝﻠﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﳍﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻨﺠﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﲑ ﺑﻨﻔﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﺓ( ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻠﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳُﻜﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﺫﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﶈﺘﺴﺒﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺻﺎﳊﻮ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪» ،‬ﳚﻲﺀ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺣﻠﹼﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﺲ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺯﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺒﺲ ﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﲑﺿﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺰﺍﺩ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺣﺴﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﺑﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪» ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺒﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﺎﺟًﺎ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺅﻩ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻶﺑﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺮﺻﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻔﻴﻆ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻜﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﺒﺎﺱ ﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﺰّﻯ ﻣﺼﺎﺑًﺎ‪» :‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺰﻱ ﻣﺼﺎﺑًﺎ‬
‫ﲟﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﺇﻻﹼ ﻛﺴﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨّﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ؟‬
 ‫‪٣٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ‪» :‬ﰒ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻲّ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻗﻤﺺ‪،‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺛﺪﻳﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻋﻤﺮ ﳚﺮّ‬
‫ﻗﻤﻴﺼﻪ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﻟﺘﻪ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻟﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﲑ«‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻻ ﲣﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺪ ﺣﻘﲑ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺫﻧﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺼﲑ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻓﺮﻳﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ – ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ – ﺇﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺳﻜﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻟﻴﻚ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ – ﺍﻟﺴﺖ – ﺣﱴ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﻴﻒ‬
‫ﳛﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺣﻘﻮﻗﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻻ ﻇﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻘﺘﺺ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﱂ ﻟﻠﻤﻈﻠﻮﻡ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻻ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪ ‬ﹶﻓ َﻤ ْﻦ َﻳ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ ﹾﺜﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﹶﺫﺭﱠ ٍﺓ َﺧ ْﻴﺮًﺍ َﻳ َﺮﻩُ‬
‫* َﻭ َﻣ ْﻦ َﻳ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ ﹾﺜﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﹶﺫﺭﱠ ٍﺓ َﺷﺮ‪‬ﺍ َﻳ َﺮﻩُ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﻟﺔ‪ ،[٨ ،٧ :‬ﻓﺎﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﳌﲔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗُﺴﺄﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭﻱ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ :-‬ﺑﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺿﺮﺏ ﳑﻠﻮﻛﹰﺎ‬
‫ﱄ ﺇﺫ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻔﻲ‪» ،‬ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ«‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﷲ ﺃﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ« ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺤﻠﻔﺖ ﻻ ﺃﺿﺮﺏ ﳑﻠﻮﻛﹰﺎ ﱄ ﺃﺑﺪًﺍ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٣٦‬‬

‫ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ »ﺍﺣﻠﻢ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ« ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻥ ﱄ ﺃﻋﺒﺪ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻮﻧﲏ ﻭﻳﺆﺫﻭﻧﲏ ﻓﺄﺿﺮﻬﺑﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﻚ ﳍﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺘﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﺘﻤﻬﻢ ﻟﻚ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺮﻬﺑﻢ ﻓﺴﺘﺄﺧﺬ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻨﺎﻬﺗﻢ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺲ ﹺﺇﻟﱠﺎ‬ ‫‪ -٢‬ﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳُﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﺬﻧﺐ ﺃﺣﺪ‪َ  :‬ﻭﻟﹶﺎ َﺗ ﹾﻜ ِ‬
‫ﺴﺐُ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ َﻧ ﹾﻔ ﹴ‬
‫َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴﻬَﺎ َﻭﻟﹶﺎ َﺗ ﹺﺰﺭُ ﻭَﺍ ﹺﺯ َﺭﺓﹲ ﹺﻭ ْﺯ َﺭ ﹸﺃ ْﺧﺮَﻯ‪] ‬ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪ [١٦٤ :‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﳍﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺿ ﹼﻞ ﺃﺣﺪًﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﻏﻮﺍﻳﺘﻪ ﲪﻞ ﻭﺯﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ‬‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻀﻠﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﻣﺘﱪﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜ ﹼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﹼﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻓﹸﱳ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻮﺯﺭﻩ ﻭﺇﲦﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳُﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺯﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﺷﻲﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ؟ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﺑﺘُﻠﻲ ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺘﺘﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﳚﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺻﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺨ ﹺﺮﺝُ ﹶﻟﻪُ َﻳ ْﻮ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﻴَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ ِﻛﺘَﺎﺑًﺎ َﻳ ﹾﻠﻘﹶﺎ ُﻩ‬ ‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪َ  :‬ﻭﻧُ ْ‬
‫ﺣﺴِﻴﺒًﺎ‪] ‬ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻚ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ َﻡ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ َ‬
‫ﺴ َ‬
‫ﻚ ﹶﻛﻔﹶﻰ ﹺﺑَﻨ ﹾﻔ ِ‬
‫َﻣ ْﻨﺸُﻮﺭًﺍ * ﺍ ﹾﻗ َﺮﹾﺃ ِﻛﺘَﺎَﺑ َ‬
‫‪ ،[١٤ ،١٣‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻳُﺤﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻔﺎ ﹰﺓ ﻋﺮﺍ ﹰﺓ«‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺳﻮﺀﺗﺎﻩ! ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻌﺾ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺷُﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ« ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺷﻐﻠﻬﻢ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺋﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻗﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺭ ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﺩﻝ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪٣٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻜﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻪ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﺬﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ‬

‫ﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﻌﺸﺮ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﺎﻋﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺒﻌﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺿﻌﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻓﹰﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺗُﺒﺪّﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﳌﻦ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻭﺁﻣﻦ ﻭﻋﻤﻞ ﺻﺎﳊﹰﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺇﱐ ﻷﻋﻠﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺩﺧﻮﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﺭﺟﻞ ﻳُﺆﺗﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺻﻐﺎﺭ ﺫﻧﻮﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻛﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺻﻐﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳُﺨﺒﺄ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻠ َ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺮّ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺸﻔﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺫﻧﻮﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗُﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴُﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﱄ ﺫﻧﻮﺑًﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺭﺍﻫﺎ ﻫﺎﻫﻨﺎ« ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﺿﺤﻚ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺑﺪﺕ ﻧﻮﺍﺟﺬﻩ«‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺍﺀ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻗﻠﹼﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻇﻠﹼﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲰﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﻈﺮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﻄﻘﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻝ ﹺﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﹶﻟ َﺪْﻳ ِﻪ َﺭﻗِﻴﺐٌ َﻋﺘِﻴﺪٌ‪] ‬ﻕ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -١‬ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬ﻣَﺎ َﻳ ﹾﻠ ِﻔﻆﹸ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﻗ ْﻮ ﹴ‬
‫‪ [١٨‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻐﻤﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﳚﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻗﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﺩﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﺃﻣﺘﻪ‪َ  :‬ﻭ ﹺﺟ ﹾﺌﻨَﺎ ﹺﺑ َ‬
‫ﻚ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﻫ ُﺆﻟﹶﺎ ِﺀ َﺷﻬﹺﻴﺪًﺍ‪‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ .[٤١ :‬ﻭﻗﻒ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺣﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺩﺍﻉ ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٣٨‬‬

‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺒﺎﻕ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻧﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﲏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﻮﻥ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻧﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻠﹼﻐﺖ ﻭﺃﺩﻳﺖ ﻭﻧﺼﺤﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻓﻊ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﺷﻬﺪ« ﺃﱂ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﺑﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ؟ ﺃﱂ‬
‫ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻚ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ؟ ﺃﱂ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺻﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﱂ ﺃﺭﳘﺎ« ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﺎﱄ ﲟﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺠﺪ ﷲ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻋﺼﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻼ ﻟﻮ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﺮﺓ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺭﺽ ﳝ ّﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻳﺴﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ؛ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﳍﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻠﹼﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭﺡ‪ِ :‬ﻟ َﻢ َﺷ ﹺﻬ ْﺪُﺗ ْﻢ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴﻨَﺎ ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹶﻄ ﹶﻘﻨَﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ‬
‫ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹶﻄ َﻖ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺷ ْﻲ ٍﺀ‪] ‬ﻓﺼﻠﺖ‪.[٢١ :‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳜﺮﺱ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻜﺸﻒ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﻞ ﳎﻬﻮﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻒ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﻀﺮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻼﻥ؛ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺨﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺘﺄﰐ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ؛‬
‫ﻟﺘﺄﺧﺬﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﺑﻨﺎﺻﻴﺘﻪ! ﻭﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻚ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ!‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﺣﺸﺔ ﻧﺴﻴﺘَﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﺬﻛﺮ؟ ﻭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺿﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻜﺮ؟‬
‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻬﻰ؟ ﻭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻠﻮﺱ ﺃﻧﻔﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﻲ؟‬
 ‫‪٣٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻼﺓ ﺿﻴﻌﺘﻬﺎ؟ ﻭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓ ﺃﻓﺴﺪﻬﺗﺎ؟ ﻭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻧﺴﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﻴﺘﻬﺎ؟ ﻭﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﺴﻤﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺴﺒُﻮ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪ ،[٤٧ :‬ﻭﰲ‬‫ﺤَﺘ ِ‬
‫‪َ ‬ﻭَﺑﺪَﺍ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ َﻳ ْ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺳﻴﻜﻠﹼﻤﻪ ﺭﺑﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﺗﺮﲨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺃﳝﻦ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺇﻻﹼ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪّﻡ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺷﺄﻡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪّﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺇﻻﹼ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﺸﻖّ ﲤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﱂ ﳚﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﻱ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺎﰎ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ – ﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻌﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻱ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﷲ! ﻭﺑﺄﻱ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﳚﻴﺐ؟‬
‫ﻭﺑﺄﻱ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻳﻌﻘﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ! ﻭﺑﺄﻱ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﻩ! ﻭﺑﺄﻱ ﻋﺬﺭ ﺗﻌﺘﺬﺭ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﺭﺣﻢ ﺫ ﹼﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﲔ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻘﺼﲑﻧﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻳُﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﲔ ﺍﳍﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺒﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪» -‬ﺇﱐ ﻷﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻣًﺎ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻼ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗُﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺼﺎﺋﺒﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ« ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺗُﺴﺄﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺠ ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺗُﺴﺄﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨّﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺗُﺴﺄﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻈﺎﱂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ﺣ ّﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺑُﻌﺜﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺆﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺳﻞ – ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ – ﻭﻳﻘﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﺟﺒﺘﻢ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٤٠‬‬

‫ﺃﻣّﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻚ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ‬

‫ﲡﺎﻩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ؟ ﰒ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻚ ﻫﻞ ﻗﺼﺪﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ؟ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻌﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ – ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻱ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻼ ﲝﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺗُﺴﻌّﺮ ﻬﺑﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻌﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺿﺮﺏ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺗﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺼﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺮﺍﺅﻭﻥ ﺑﺄﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺗُﺴﻌّﺮ ﻬﺑﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻌﺮّﻓﻪ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﺖ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﺗﻠﺖ ﻓﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻛﺬﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺟﺮﻱﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﱂ ﺃﺻﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺟﺴﻤﻚ؟ ﻭﺃﺭﻭﻳﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ؟« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﷲ ﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺨﺼًﺎ ﺻﻨﻊ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﹰﺎ ﰒ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻄﺄﺕ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﺃﱂ ﺃﺻﻨﻊ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻛﺬﺍ؟ ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﳜﺠﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻮ ﱂ ﻳﺼﻨﻊ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﹰﺎ ﳍﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻭﷲ ﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺲ ﺗﺘﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻭﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ َﻧ ﹶﻔ ﹴ‬
‫ﹼﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴُﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﲑﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﹺﺇﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻳ ْﻮ َﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﻴَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ َﺭﺑﱢ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‬
‫ﺼﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪ [٣١ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﲑ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ – ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺨَﺘ ِ‬
‫َﺗ ْ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻜﺮّﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪» :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﻴﻜﺮﺭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻳُﺆﺩّﻯ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﺫﻱ ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻪ« ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﲑ »ﻓﻮﺍﷲ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺻﺤﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪٤١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ‪» :‬ﻟﻴﺨﺘﺼﻤﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻄﺤﺘﺎ ﻓﺄﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﳜﺘﺼﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻣﺮﺃﺗﻪ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺟﻴﺪ »ﺃﻭﻝ ﺧﺼﻤﲔ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺟﺎﺭﺍﻥ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺄﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺣﻘﻘﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻂ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺧﻠﹼﻂ ﺿﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺍﺑﻦ ﺁﺩﻡ! ﻟﻮ ﻟﻘﻴﺘﲏ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺧﻄﺎﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻟﻘﻴﺘﲏ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺮﻙ ﰊ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻟﻘﻴﺘﻚ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ﻣﻐﻔﺮﺓ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺳﺎﱂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻳُﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺴﺎﺑًﺎ ﻳﺴﲑًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺪّﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻧُﻮﻗﺶ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻼ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻫﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺪّﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﺳﺮﻓﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ؟ ﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺣﻼﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ؟ ﻫﻞ‬
‫ﲢﺮّﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻻ؟ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺳﺌﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺼّﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻭﻳﻞ ﻟﻸﻋﻘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ« ﻭﻫﻞ ﺻﻠﹼﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺃﻡ ﻻ؟ ﻭﻛﻠﻪ ﻫﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﱴ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﲏ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ؟ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬ﻣَﺎ َﺧ ﹾﻠﻘﹸﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﻭﻟﹶﺎ َﺑ ْﻌﺜﹸﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﻟﱠﺎ‬
‫ﺲ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪ ٍﺓ‪] ‬ﻟﻘﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،[٢٨ :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪َ  :‬ﻭﻣَﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﻣ ُﺮﻧَﺎ ﹺﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪﺓﹲ‬ ‫ﹶﻛَﻨ ﹾﻔ ﹴ‬
‫ﺼ ﹺﺮ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪.[٥٤ :‬‬
‫ﺢ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟَﺒ َ‬‫ﹶﻛ ﹶﻠ ْﻤ ﹴ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٤٢‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪:‬‬

‫ﻂ ِﻟَﻴ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﻴَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ ﹶﻓﻠﹶﺎ ﺗُ ﹾﻈ ﹶﻠﻢُ َﻧ ﹾﻔﺲٌ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ َﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ‬
‫ﺴﹶ‬
‫ﻀﻊُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﻮَﺍﺯﹺﻳ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘ ْ‬
‫‪َ ‬ﻭَﻧ َ‬
‫ﲔ‪] ‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﻣ ﹾﺜﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ َﺣﺒﱠ ٍﺔ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺧ ْﺮ َﺩ ﹴﻝ ﹶﺃَﺗ ْﻴﻨَﺎ ﹺﺑﻬَﺎ َﻭ ﹶﻛﻔﹶﻰ ﹺﺑﻨَﺎ ﺣَﺎ ِﺳﹺﺒ َ‬
‫‪ [٤٧‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻠﻮ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻟﻮﺳﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﳌﻦ ﻳﺰﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﳌﻦ ﺷﺌﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ :‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﻧﺎﻙ ﺣﻖ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻚ!« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻠﻤﺎﻥ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ – ﻭﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ‪ :-‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﱴ ﳝﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﳜﻒ ﻓﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻄﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻳُﻌﻄﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﴰﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻳﻨﺠﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﻻ ﻓﻼ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺍﻵﺟﺮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﷲ ﲟﺎ ﺳﻴﺆﻭﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﲔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻻ؟‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺈﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺍﺟﺤﺔ؛‬
‫ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺴﻌﺎﺩﻬﺗﻢ ﻭﳒﺎﻬﺗﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻓﺘﻮﺯﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﳍﻢ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻺﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﻘﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﻓﻀﻴﺤﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺛﻘﻠﺖ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺌﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﺰﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺌﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﺛﻘﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﺰﻭﺍﻧﺔ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺕ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﺌﺎﺗﻪ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪٤٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﺑﻘﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﳓﺐ ﺃﻥ ُﻧﻨّﻮﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺯﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ؟‬
‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺯﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ‪ :‬ﻳﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺋﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﻓﺠﻌﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﺤﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻣﻢ ﺗﻀﺤﻜﻮﻥ؟ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ﻧﱯ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺳﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﳍﻤﺎ ﺃﺛﻘﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﻗﻮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪» :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴّﻤﲔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺰﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺑﻌﻮﺿﺔ«‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﲤﻸ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻳﻮﺯﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪» :‬ﺃﺛﻘﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ«‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺋﻒ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪» :‬ﻳﺼﺎﺡ ﺑﺮﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﳋﻼﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﲔ ﺳﺠﻼﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻞﹼ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﺪّ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﻨﻜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ؟‬
‫ﺃﻇﻠﻤﺘﻚ ﻛﺘﺒﱵ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻈﻮﻥ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﺬﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ؟ ﻓﻴﺒﻬﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ! ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ«‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ – ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ – ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﳕﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻬﺎ »ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳏﻤﺪًﺍ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ«‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﺃﺧﱪﻭﻩ«‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٤٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻈﻠﻢ«‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻮﺿﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﻄﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺜﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺜﻘﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺩﻱ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻓﻠﻴﺘﺒﻌﻪ!«‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻓﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻓﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﻏﻴﺖ ﻓﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﻏﻴﺖ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻓﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻭﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻛﻞ ﺁﳍﺔ ﻓﻤﻊ ﺁﳍﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑ ّﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺎﺟﺮ‪ :‬ﹺﺇﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻭﻣَﺎ َﺗ ْﻌُﺒﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺩُﻭ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ َﺣ َ‬
‫ﺼﺐُ‬
‫َﺟ َﻬﻨﱠ َﻢ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﹶﻟﻬَﺎ ﻭَﺍ ﹺﺭﺩُﻭ ﹶﻥ * ﹶﻟ ْﻮ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻫ ُﺆﻟﹶﺎ ِﺀ َﺁِﻟ َﻬ ﹰﺔ ﻣَﺎ َﻭ َﺭﺩُﻭﻫَﺎ َﻭ ﹸﻛ ﱞﻞ ﻓِﻴﻬَﺎ‬
‫ﺧَﺎِﻟﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ [٩٩ ،٩٨ :‬ﻭﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﺜﹼﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻌﺒﺪﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺜﹼﻞ ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﺻﻠﻴﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣّﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻚ َﻋ ْﻨﻬَﺎ‬
‫ﺴﻨَﻰ ﺃﹸﻭﹶﻟِﺌ َ‬
‫ﺤْ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ :‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺳَﺒ ﹶﻘ ْ‬
‫ﺖ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ِﻣﻨﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ ُ‬
‫ُﻣ ْﺒ َﻌﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.«[١٠١ :‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺴﺎﻕ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ؟‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺴﺎﻕ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ؟ ﻓﻴﺴﺎﻗﻮﻥ ﺭﺟﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻭﻧﺴﺎ ًﺀ ﺳﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺏ ﻭﻗﻄﻌﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻕ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﺮﻡ ﺯﺟﺮًﺍ ﻭﺿﺮﺑًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﻢ ﺑﻜﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺮﺍﺥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻏﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺣﺴﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﻬﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻬﺑﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﺻﻌﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻻ‬
 ‫‪٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ‪َ :‬ﻳ ْﻮ َﻡ ُﻳ َﺪﻋﱡﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻧَﺎ ﹺﺭ َﺟ َﻬﻨﱠ َﻢ َﺩﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ‪ [١٣ :‬ﻓﻴﺴﺎﻗﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺮًﺍ ﻳﻠﻌﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺄﺫﻯ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺑﻠﻎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺰﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻗﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻗﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻠﻔﺢ ﻭﺟﻬﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻔﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﹸﻓﺘّﺤﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺪﻓﻌﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺩﻓﻌًﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪًﺍ‪َ :‬ﻳ ْﻮ َﻡ ُﻳ َﺪﻋﱡﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻧَﺎ ﹺﺭ َﺟ َﻬﻨﱠ َﻢ َﺩﻋ‪‬ﺎ‪ ‬ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺟﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺒﻜﺒﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪  :‬ﹶﻓ ﹸﻜﺒﱠ ْ‬
‫ﺖ ُﻭﺟُﻮ ُﻫ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺﺭ‪‬‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪ [٩٠ :‬ﻓﻴﻬﻮﻯ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﺧﺮﻳﻔﹰﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻌﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻌﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺯﺍﺩ ﳍﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﳍﺎ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﻢ ﺣﻄﺒﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻠﻮﺍ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺃﻏﻠﻘﺖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻗﻘﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺸﺮ ﲬﺴﲔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺑﻼ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺷﺮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪َ  :‬ﻭَﻧﺴُﻮ ُ‬
‫ﻕ‬
‫ﲔ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺟ َﻬﻨﱠ َﻢ ﹺﻭ ْﺭﺩًﺍ‪] ‬ﻣﺮﱘ‪.[٨٦ :‬‬
‫ﺠ ﹺﺮ ِﻣ َ‬
‫ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ ْ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺐ ‪ ...‬ﻭﻗﻔﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﻳﺮﻗﺼﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺮﺿﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺖ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻭﺭﺩًﺍ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ‪» :‬ﻭﺭﺩﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩﺍ« ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﲎ ﻭﺭﺩًﺍ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻄﺎﺷﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻗﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻄﺶ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻃﻠﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻳﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺸﻮﹺﻱ ﺍ ﹾﻟ ُﻮﺟُﻮ َﻩ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪[٢٩ :‬‬
‫ﺴَﺘﻐِﻴﺜﹸﻮﺍ ُﻳﻐَﺎﺛﹸﻮﺍ ﹺﺑﻤَﺎ ٍﺀ ﻛﹶﺎﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﻬ ﹺﻞ َﻳ ْ‬
‫‪َ ‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ْ‬
‫ﻳﻌﲏ ﻣﺎ ًﺀ ﻏﻠﻴﻈﹰﺎ ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﺭًﺍ ﻣﻨﺘﻨًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺮﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﺮّﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺍﻩ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻓﺮﻭﺓ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺪﻓﻌﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺮﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﻀﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﲟﻘﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٤٦‬‬

‫ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﻤﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻏﻼﻇﹰﺎ ﺷﺪﺍﺩﺍﹰ‪ ،‬ﻏﻼﻅ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﻬﺑﻢ ﺭﲪﺔ ﻳﺘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺗﻌﺬﻳﺒﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺪﺍﺩ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻮﺓﹰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺼﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﱪﻭﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬
‫‪َ ‬ﻭﺳُﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﻣَﺎ ًﺀ َﺣﻤِﻴﻤًﺎ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘﻄﱠ َﻊ ﹶﺃ ْﻣﻌَﺎ َﺀ ُﻫ ْﻢ‪] ‬ﳏﻤﺪ‪.[١٥ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﺴﻰ ﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺧﲑ ﳍﻢ؛ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﺴﻰ ﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺑﻠﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺟﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﺭﻳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺛﺒﻮﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺛﺒﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻔﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﹶﺎ َﺗ ْﺪﻋُﻮﺍ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ َﻡ ﹸﺛﺒُﻮﺭًﺍ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣﺪًﺍ ﻭَﺍ ْﺩﻋُﻮﺍ‬
‫ﹸﺛﺒُﻮﺭًﺍ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑًﺍ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪ «[١٤ :‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪.-‬‬
‫ﺏ ِﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﻬﺑﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﹶﻟﻬَﺎ َﺳ ْﺒ َﻌﺔﹸ ﹶﺃْﺑﻮَﺍ ﹴ‬
‫ﺟ ْﺰﺀٌ َﻣ ﹾﻘﺴُﻮﻡٌ‪] ‬ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ‪[٤٤ :‬‬
‫ﺏ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ُ‬
‫ﺑَﺎ ﹴ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ‪» :‬ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﲑ ﻭﻟﻈﻰ ﻭﺍﳊﻄﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﻘﺮ ﻭﺍﳉﺤﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳍﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻠﻬﺎ« ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ – ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺃﰊ ﺣﺎﰎ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺍﻩ ﱂ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ ﰲ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻋﻈﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﻬﺗﺎ ﺳﺒﻊ ﻣﺴـﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﻔـﺮ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻭﻟﻈﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﳊﻄﻤﺔ ﰒ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﲑ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻫﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺳـﻘﺮ‬
 ‫‪٤٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻬﺗﻮﻱ ﻬﺑﻢ ﺃﺑﺪًﺍ ﰲ ﺣﺮ ﻣﺴـﺘﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﺍﻙ ﺟﺤﻴﻢ ﰒ ﻫﺎﻭﻳـﺔ‬

‫ﻧﺰﺍﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻮﻯ ﻟﻮﺍﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺸـﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺩﺍﺀ ﻣﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻏﱪﺍﺀ ﻣﻮﺣﺸـﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﳊﻴـﺎﺕ ﻗـﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﳍﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻏﻠﺖ ﻓﻮﺭٌ ﻳﻘﻠﺒـﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﻬﺑﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ‪ :‬ﹺﺇﻧﱠﻬَﺎ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ﻣُ ْﺆ َ‬
‫ﺻ َﺪﺓﹲ‪‬‬
‫ﺖ‬
‫ﺤ ْ‬ ‫]ﺍﳍﻤﺰﺓ‪ [٨ :‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪َ  :‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﹺﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺟَﺎﺀُﻭﻫَﺎ ﻓﹸِﺘ َ‬
‫ﹶﺃْﺑﻮَﺍُﺑﻬَﺎ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪ ،[٧١ :‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﺎ ﺳﺠﻦ ﻭﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺑﻮﺍﻬﺑﺎ ﺃﻓﻈﻊ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭﺃﺷﺪ ﺣﺮًﺍ ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻏﻤّﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﻬﺑﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺑﲔ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫»ﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺭ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻦ ﺑﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻳﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻋﺎﻣًﺎ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺭﺯﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ‪» :‬ﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺣﺮًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ«‪.‬‬
‫»ﺃﻣﺎ ﺟﺪﺭﺍﻬﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻐﻠﻴﻈﺔ ﻏﻠﻆ ﺟﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺟﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ«‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻌّﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪» :‬ﺃﻣﲑ‬
‫ﻣُﺴﻠﹼﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻝ ﳝﻨﻊ ﺣﻖ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻘﲑ ﳐﺘﺎﻝ«‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﲨﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﱪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮّﺍﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﺰﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺒﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﺒﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻦ ﱂ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ!« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٤٨‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﺪﺓ‪» :‬ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻨﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ« ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻃﻠﻖ ﺫﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﺒﺼﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﹼﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪ :‬ﲟﻦ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺇﳍﹰﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﺒّﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻬﺑﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲞﻤﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺣُﺰﻥ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻛﺎﻷﺣﺰﺍﻥ! ﻓﻠﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺗﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ؛ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﳊﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪َ  :‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ َﻣ ْﻦ ﺃﹸﻭِﺗ َﻲ ِﻛﺘَﺎَﺑﻪُ ﹺﺑ ِ‬
‫ﺸﻤَﺎِﻟ ِﻪ ﹶﻓَﻴﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﻳَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻴَﺘﻨﹺﻲ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﺃﹸﻭ َ‬
‫ﺿَﻴ ﹶﺔ * ﻣَﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻏﻨَﻰ َﻋﻨﱢﻲ‬
‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹶﺎ ِ‬
‫ِﻛﺘَﺎﹺﺑَﻴ ْﻪ * َﻭﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﺩ ﹺﺭ ﻣَﺎ ِﺣﺴَﺎﹺﺑَﻴ ْﻪ * ﻳَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻴَﺘﻬَﺎ ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ِ‬
‫ﻚ َﻋﻨﱢﻲ ُﺳ ﹾﻠﻄﹶﺎﹺﻧَﻴ ْﻪ‪] ‬ﺍﳊﺎﻗﺔ‪ [٢٩-٢٥ :‬ﺃﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣَﺎِﻟَﻴ ْﻪ * َﻫ ﹶﻠ َ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺮﺍﺕ؛ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﻗﻌﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻴﺎﺫﹰﺍ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﳋﺰﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻫﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻪ –‬
‫ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪» :-‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺎﻣﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﳝﻮﺗﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﳝﺸﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻠﺴﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺄﻛﻠﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﳊﺎﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺷﻬﻢ ﻧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻤﻴﺼﻬﻢ ﻧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻐﺸﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻜﻰ ﻭﻫﺐ ﺣﱴ ﺳﻘﻂ ﻣﻐﺸﻴًﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺷﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ‪:‬‬
‫ﻬﺗﻮﻱ ﺑﺴﻜﺎﻬﻧﺎ ﻃﻮﺭًﺍ ﻭﺗـﺮﻓﻌﻬﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ َﺭﺟُﻮﺍ َﻣﺨْﺮﺟَﺎ ﻣـﻦ ﻏﻤّﻬـﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺩﱏ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﺬﺍﺑًﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺩﱏ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
 ‫‪٤٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﺬﺍﺑًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺘﻌﻞ ﺑﻨﻌﻠﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻳﻐﻠﻲ ﺩﻣﺎﻏﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮّ ﻧﻌﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺪﹰﺍ ﺃﺷﺪّ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻋﺬﺍﺑًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻷﻫﻮﻬﻧﻢ ﻋﺬﺍﺑًﺎ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺇﻧّﻪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣّﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺼﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﲬﺴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﺯﺑﺮ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﺗﺒﻊ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻐﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻼ ﻭﻻ ﻣﺎﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﳜﻔﻰ ﻟﻪ ﻃﻤﻊ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺩﻕّ ﺇﻻ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻫ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺟﻞ ﻻ ﻳُﺼﺒﺢ ﻭﻻ ﻳُﻤﺴﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ ﳜﺎﺩﻋﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻠﻚ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻨﻈﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺣﺶ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺎﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻟﻪ ﻫ ّﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺷﻬﻮﺓ ﻓﺮﺟﻪ ﻭﺑﻄﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻳﺴﲑﺓ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﺩﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ –‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪» :-‬ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺮ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﺍﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺟﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ‪» ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﻞ« ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ‪:‬‬‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺷ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻞ ﻋﺪّﳘﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﺸﺢّ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺣﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺨﻞ ﻣﻨﻌﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸ ّﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﺩﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺳﻴﺊ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ .‬ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٥٠‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺃﻻ ﺃﺧﱪﻛﻢ ﺑﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻛﻞﹼ ﻋﺘﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﻅ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻜﱪ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﺭﺛﺔ ﺑﻦ ﻭﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﳝﺘﺎﺯﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭﻗﻮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻌﻢ ﺑﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﱪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻇﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ .‬ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﱴ ﻳﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ؟ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﺼﺮُ َﻙ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ َﻡ‬
‫ﻚ ِﻏﻄﹶﺎ َﺀ َﻙ ﹶﻓَﺒ َ‬
‫ﺸ ﹾﻔﻨَﺎ َﻋ ْﻨ َ‬
‫ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﻏ ﹾﻔ ﹶﻠ ٍﺔ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ َ‬
‫‪‬ﹶﻟ ﹶﻘ ْﺪ ﻛﹸ ْﻨ َ‬
‫َﺣﺪِﻳﺪٌ‪] ‬ﻕ‪ [٢٢ :‬ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺰﻋﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﳏﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﺤﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﺎﱀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻌﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺖُ‪] ‬ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪-٩٩ :‬‬
‫‪َ ‬ﺭﺏﱢ ﺍ ْﺭ ﹺﺟﻌُﻮ ِﻥ * ﹶﻟ َﻌﻠﱢﻲ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ َﻤﻞﹸ ﺻَﺎِﻟﺤًﺎ ﻓِﻴﻤَﺎ َﺗ َﺮ ﹾ‬
‫‪ ،[١٠٠‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪َ  :‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻦ ﻳُ َﺆﺧﱢ َﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ُﻪ َﻧ ﹾﻔﺴًﺎ ﹺﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺟَﺎ َﺀ ﹶﺃ َﺟ ﹸﻠﻬَﺎ‪‬‬
‫]ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ‪ [١١ :‬ﻓﺘﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻭﺣﺴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﲡﺪﻙ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺟﺪﱐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ‪:‬‬
‫‪َ ‬ﻭﹶﻟ ﹶﻘ ْﺪ ﹺﺟ ﹾﺌﺘُﻤُﻮﻧَﺎ ﹸﻓﺮَﺍﺩَﻯ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﺧ ﹶﻠ ﹾﻘﻨَﺎ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹶﻝ َﻣﺮﱠ ٍﺓ َﻭَﺗ َﺮ ﹾﻛﺘُ ْﻢ ﻣَﺎ َﺧﻮﱠﹾﻟﻨَﺎ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ‬
‫َﻭﺭَﺍ َﺀ ﹸﻇﻬُﻮ ﹺﺭ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ‪] ‬ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪ [٩٤ :‬ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻤﲎ ﻟﻮ ﳝ ّﺪ ﰲ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ؛ ﻟﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﳝﺤﻮ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﻧﺒﺄ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ‪،‬ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪:‬‬
‫ﰒ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻔﺎﺭﻗﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ‪» -‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
 ‫‪٥١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺗﺒﺪّﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ؟ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻢ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ« ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪» :‬ﻭﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺇﳍﹰﺎ ﺇﳍﻪ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮّ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺎﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺭﺑﻜﻢ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻬﻧﺎ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻕ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‪ [٤٢ :‬ﻭﻳﺴﺠﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻗﻪ‪َ :‬ﻳ ْﻮ َﻡ ﻳُ ﹾﻜ َ‬
‫ﺸﻒُ َﻋ ْﻦ ﺳَﺎ ﹴ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺠﺪ ﺭﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﲰﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻇﻬﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺠﺪ ﺧﺮّ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻔﺎﻩ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﰒ ﺗﻘﺴّﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻌﻄﻲ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻓﻖ ﻧﻮﺭًﺍ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺨﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻳﻄﻔﺊ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻘﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻨﻮﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤّﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺷﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪» :‬ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺃﲤﻢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﻮﺭﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﻏﻔﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺫﻧﻮﺑﻨﺎ« ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﻨﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﱳ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺩﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺓ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣ ّﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺩﺣﺾ ﻣﺰﻟﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻜﻔﺄ‪ ،‬ﲜﻨﺒﺘﻴﻪ ﻛﻼﻟﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺴﻚ ﲣﻄﻒ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻨﺒﱵ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪:‬‬
‫»ﻓﺎﻟﺰﺍﻟﹼﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺍﻟﹼﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ ﻛﺜﲑ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ‪» :‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺰ ﹼﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ« ﻭﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﲬﺲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ‪» ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﻄﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻟﱪﻕ ﻭﻛﺎﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻭﻛﺎﻟﻄﲑ ﻭﻛﺄﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻠﹼﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﳐﺪﻭﺵ ﻣﺮﺳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻜﺮﺩﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺰﻝ ﻗﺪﻣﻪ ﻓﻴﺴﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﻳﻬﻮﻱ؟ ﲰﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪ ‬ﻭﺟﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺃﺗﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٥٢‬‬

‫ﺃﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺃﹸﺭﺳﻞ ﰲ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻋﺎﻣًﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻌﺮﻫﺎ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﲰﺎﻥ )ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﻴﺐ( ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺬﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﳛﺪﺙ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻨﱵ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺮﻫﻮﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺒﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻃﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﲔ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﲢﺪﺛﻦ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺪﺛﹰﺎ ﺑﺮﺃﻳﻚ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺋﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ‪ :‬ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﱳ ﺣﺴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻄﺮﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﻭﺯﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪ ،‬ﺣﺒﺴﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴُﻬﺬﺑﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﻘﹼﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺼّﺮﺕ ﻬﺑﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺗﻮﺟﺐ ﳍﻢ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻫﺬﹼﺑﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﹼﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﺫﻥ ﳍﻢ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﳜﻠﺺ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﺤﺒﺴﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺺّ ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻈﺎﱂ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻫﺬﹼﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﻧﻘﹼﻮﺍ ﺃﺫﻥ ﳍﻢ‬
‫ﰲ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻷﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﻫﺪﻯ ﲟﻨﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﲟﻨﺰﻟﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﻳﺆﺧﺬ ﻟﺒﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﻬﺗﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻏ ﹼﻞ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻞ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻮﻓﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ِ  :‬ﻃ ْﺒُﺘ ْﻢ ﻓﹶﺎ ْﺩ ُﺧﻠﹸﻮﻫَﺎ ﺧَﺎِﻟﺪِﻳ َﻦ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ‪ ،[٧٣ :‬ﻓﺎﳉﻨﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺧﺒﻴﺚ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﲔ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺄﺓ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻧﺘﻔﺮﺝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻣﺮﺭﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺷﻌﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻷﺑﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﻠﹼﺖ ﺳﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻻ ﺃﻧـﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﳍـﺎ ﺃﲢـﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺁﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳋﺎﺯﻥ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ؟ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺮﺕ ﻻ ﺃﻓﺘﺢ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻗﺒﻠﻚ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻬﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﻬﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﲪﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺎﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻀﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﻬﺑﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺒﲔ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺑﺎﺑﲔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ‬
‫ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻦ ﺑﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻳﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ‬
‫ﻋﺎ ًﻣﺎ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻟﻘﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﻣﺼﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺴﲑﺓ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ »ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٥٤‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺮﺍﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺄﺗﲔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻈﻴﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺣﺎﻡ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻈﻴﻈﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﺣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﻛﺘﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﻜﺎ ُﺩ ﺗﻨﺨﻠﻊ‪ ،‬ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﳑﻦ ﻳﺰﺍﺣﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺭﻳﺢ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺗﺸﺄ ﻓﻤﺴﲑﺓ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻋﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﺮ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪» :-‬ﻭﺍﻫًﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﱐ ﻷﺟﺪ ﺭﳛﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻌﲏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻴُﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻬﻧﺎﺭُﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ«‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﲡﺪ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺭﻳﺢ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ؟ ﺃﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻙ ﺯﻛﺎﻡ؟! ﻓﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﺮ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﲦﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻃﻌﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﺪﻭﻩ ﺷﻬﻴﺪًﺍ ﲢﺖ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻣﺮﺕ ﺑﻚ‪-‬ﻋﻤﺮﻙ‪ -‬ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻫًﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ! ﺃﻭ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﺕ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻚ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺯﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻟﺒﺪﺭ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺃﻭﻝ ﺯﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ‬
‫ﻱ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻋ ّﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‬
‫ﲣﻴﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨّﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ؟ ﺃ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ؟ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ؟ ﻓﺎﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻟﻴﺪﺧﻠﻦ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﱵ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻔﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺒﻌﻤﺎﺋﺔ‬
 ‫‪٥٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ( ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺳﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻒ )ﺷ ّ‬

‫ﺃﻭﳍﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺭ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ – ﻓﺨﺎﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪» :‬ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺘﻮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻴّﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺮﻗﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻬﺑﻢ ﻳﺘﻮﻛﻠﻮﻥ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ! ﻟﻦ ﺃﻛﺘﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﺃﺗﻄﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﳉﻮﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﺎﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻚ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬
‫– ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ – ﻓﻼ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﺡ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﻬﺑﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﻮّﺡ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﻔﻼﺣﻪ‪  :‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄﻣﱠﺎ‬
‫َﻣ ْﻦ ﺃﹸﻭِﺗ َﻲ ِﻛﺘَﺎَﺑﻪُ ﹺﺑَﻴﻤِﻴﹺﻨ ِﻪ ﹶﻓَﻴﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﻫَﺎ ُﺅ ُﻡ ﺍ ﹾﻗ َﺮﺀُﻭﺍ ِﻛﺘَﺎﹺﺑَﻴ ْﻪ * ﹺﺇﻧﱢﻲ ﹶﻇَﻨ ْﻨﺖُ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻨﱠ ٍﺔ ﻋَﺎِﻟَﻴ ٍﺔ‪] ‬ﺍﳊﺎﻗﺔ‪-١٩ :‬‬ ‫ﺿَﻴ ٍﺔ * ﻓِﻲ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ٍﺔ ﺭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻕ ِﺣﺴَﺎﹺﺑَﻴ ْﻪ * ﹶﻓﻬُ َﻮ ﻓِﻲ ﻋِﻴ َ‬ ‫ُﻣﻠﹶﺎ ﹴ‬
‫‪.[٢٢‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﳍﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ ﺃﺷﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻏﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ‪َ ) :‬ويُ ْد ِخلُھُ ُم ْال َجنﱠةَ َع ﱠرفَھَا‬
‫لَھُ ْم( ]سورة محمد‪[٦ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫»ﻻ ﻳﺒﺼﻘﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﻮﻃﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﺨﻄﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٥٦‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﺸﺎﻃﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺷﺤﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﻣﺦّ ﺳﺎﻗﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪ :‬ﺫﻭ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺴﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺟﻞ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺫﻱ ﻗﺮﰉ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﺘﻌﻔﻒ ﺫﻭ ﻋﻴﺎﻝ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ »ﺃﻻ‬
‫ﺃﺧﱪﻛﻢ ﺑﻨﺴﺎﺋﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻮﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻏﻀﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻏﻀﺒﺖ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻳﺪ ﺯﻭﺟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺃﺫﻭﻕ ﻏﻤﻀًﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺮﺿﻰ« ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪.-‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺻﻨﺎﻑ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﱂ ﳜﺺ ﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺑﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﺮﺣﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﳏﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻌﻒّ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺍﳉﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﲏ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺃﻻ ﺃﺧﱪﻛﻢ ﺑﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ؟ ﻛﻞ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻀﻌﻒ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﻗﺴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻷﺑﺮﻩ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﺭﺛﺔ ﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻀﻌﺎﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﲨﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﲡﺪ«‬
‫ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺟﺐ – ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪.-‬‬
 ‫‪٥٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﻗﺼﺔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ – ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ – ﻣﻊ ﺃﰊ ﺣﺎﺯﻡ‪،‬‬

‫ﺣﲔ ﺭﺁﻩ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﺤﺐ ﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻐﲑ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪» :‬ﺃﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺑﻚ ﻧﻘﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﻭﺿﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻌﺎﻣﻚ ﺷﻬﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺒﻚ ﻭﻃﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ :‬ﺃﱂ ﲣﱪﱐ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻜﻢ ﻋﻘﺒﺔ ﻛﺆﻭﺩًﺍ ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻛﻞ ﺿﺎﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺰﻭﻝ« ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺝ‪.١٠‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺫﺍﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺫﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ »ﻳُﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻟﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺤﻮﺍ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺴﻘﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﺑﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻴﻮﺍ ﻓﻼ ﲤﻮﺗﻮﺍ ﺃﺑﺪًﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺒّﻮﺍ ﻓﻼ ﻬﺗﺮﻣﻮﺍ ﺃﺑﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻌﻤﻮﺍ ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺄﺳﻮﺍ ﺃﺑﺪًﺍ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺽ ﻭﻣﻮﺕ ﻭﻓﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗُﻘﺎﺱ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﺍ ْﺩ ُﺧﻠﹸﻮﻫَﺎ‬
‫ﲔ‪] ‬ﺍﳊﺠﺮ‪ .[٤٦ :‬ﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺁﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﹶﺎ ﹴﻡ َﺁ ِﻣﹺﻨ َ‬
‫ﹺﺑ َ‬
‫ﺧﻮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﱏ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺩﱐ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺇﱐ‬
‫ﻷﻋﻠﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟًﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺩﺧﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺟﻞ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺣﺒﻮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻠﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺒﻮ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻭﺯﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳒﺎﱐ ﻣﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﱐ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺃﺣﺪًﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٥٨‬‬

‫ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﻓﺎﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴُﺨﻴّﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻣﻸﻯ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺪﻬﺗﺎ ﻣﻸﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﻓﺎﺩﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴُﺨﻴّﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻬﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻸﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﲑﺟﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﻭﺟﺪﻬﺗﺎ ﻣﻸﻯ؛ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺯﳍﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺃﺧﺬﺍﻬﺗﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺃﺗﺮﺿﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺭﺿﻴﺖ ﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﻭﻣﺜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ‪ :‬ﺭﺿﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﻬﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺬﺕ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺩﱏ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﲑ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜﻪ ﺃﻟﻔﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻄﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎ؟ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺩﱏ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺔ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜﻪ ﺃﻟﻔﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻗﺼﺎﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺯﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﻭﺳﺮﺭﻩ ﻭﺧﺪﻣﻪ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ – ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺪﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﺱ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﺒﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺒﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ! ﻓﻴﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺑﻜﻢ ﻫﻲ؟ ﻓﺎﳉﻮﺍﺏ‪ :‬ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻛﻌﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﱪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﲝﺴﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳋﺘﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺄﺓ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻟﺴﻮﻗﹰﺎ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻬﻧﺎ ﻛﻞ ﲨﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻬﺐ ﺭﻳﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﺜﻮ ﰲ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﻭﺛﻴﺎﻬﺑﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺰﺩﺍﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﺴﻨًﺎ ﻭﲨﺎ ﹰﻻ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ‬
 ‫‪٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪» :‬ﰒ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺩﻱ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺴﺘﺰﻳﺮﻛﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﺘﻌﺪ ﳒﺎﺋﺐ ﻳﺮﻛﺒﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﺍ ﺳﻮﻕ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺃﹸﻋﺪّﺕ ﳍﻢ ﻛﺮﺍﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻮﺿﻊ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺆﻟﺆ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺑﺮﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻠﺲ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺩﱐﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻚ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺄﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﳎﻠﺴًﺎ«‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﲏ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﳚﻠﺲ ﲟﺰﺍﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺿﻰ ﲟﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪ :-‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﻧﻌﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺠﻤﻟﻠﺲ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﻭﳛﺎﺿﺮﻩ ﺍﷲ ﳏﺎﺿﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ‪ :‬ﺃﻻ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻼﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻏﺪﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ ﺃﱂ ﺗﻐﻔﺮ ﱄ؟ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻰ ﻭﲟﻐﻔﺮﰐ ﻟﻚ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺘﻚ ﻫﺬﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻏﺸﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﺳﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺄﻣﻄﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻃﻴﺒًﺎ ﱂ ﳚﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺭﳛﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺃﺑﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻜﺸﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺏ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻄﻮﺍ ﻟﺬﺓ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻠﻘﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ«‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻧﺴﺄﻟﻚ ﻟﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺟﻬﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﷲ ‪ !...‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺮﻯ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻌﺒﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎ ﻭﺭﺯﻗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻼﺀ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺃﺑﻼﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻼﺓ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻡ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﰲ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺮﺍﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﺑﺴﺒﻖ ﻭﺍﳌـﺆﺧﱠﺮ ﻫﻬﻨـﺎ ﻣُﺘــﺄ َﺧّﺮٌ ﰲ ﺫﻟــﻚ ﺍﳌﻴــﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﹶﻓ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﺰﻟﻔﻰ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻬﻨـﺎ ﻗﺮﺑـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٦٠‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺰﻳﻨﺖ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻷﻣﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﺰﻳﻨﺖ ﻷﻣﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺳﻒ! ﹼﰒ ﻻ ﲡﺪ ﳍﺎ ﻋﺎﺷﻘﹰﺎ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻧﺎﺳًﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻓﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﻳﺼﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺃﻧﻔﺎﺳﻬﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻃﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‪:‬‬
‫ﺖ ﻏﺎﻟﻴﺔﹲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺴـﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﻠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻟﺴﺖ ﺭﺧﻴﺼﺔ ﺑﻞ ﺃﻧ ِ‬
‫ﻒ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪٌ ﻻ ﺍﺛﻨـﺎ ِﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﻠﻌ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻟـﻴﺲ ﻳَﻨﺎﻟﹸﻬـﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﹾﻟ ِ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﻠﻌ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﹸﻛﻔﹾﺆﻫـﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﹸﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻣـﻊ ﺍﻹﳝـﺎ ِﻥ‬
‫ﲔ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﺫﻝ ﺳـﻔﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﻴـﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﻠﻌ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺳُﻮﻗﻚ ﻛﺎﺳﺪٌ ﺑ َ‬
‫ﺴﺮﹺ ﺍﻷﺛﹾﻤـﺎ ِﻥ‬‫ﺖ ﺑﺄْﻳ َ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﻠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﹸﺸـﺘﺮﻱ ﻓﻠﻘ ْﺪ ﻋُﺮﺿ ِ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﻠﻌ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﺐﹴ ﻓﺎﳌﻬﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺫﻭ ﺇﻣﻜـﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺖ ﺑﻜﻞ َﻣﻜﹶﺎﺭ ِﻩ ﺍﻹﻧﺴـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﻠﻌﺔ ﺍﻟـﺮﲪﻦ ﻟـﻮﻻ ﺃﻬﻧـﺎ ﺣُﺠﺒ ْ‬
‫ﺖ ﺩﺍ ُﺭ ﺍﳉـﺰﺍﺀِ ﺍﻟﺜـﺎﱐ‬ ‫ﻒ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻗﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺨﻠ ٍ‬
‫ﺖ ﺑﻜـﻞ ﻛﺮﻳﻬـ ٍﺔ ﻟﻴُﺼﺪّ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺒﻄـﻞ ﺍﳌﺘـﻮﺍﱐ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻨّﻬﺎ ُﺣﺠﺒ ْ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺳﻠﻌﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻏﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺳﻠﻌﺔ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺔ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ؛ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ‪» :‬ﺃﻻ ﻫﻞ ﻣﺸﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ؛‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻻ ﺧﻄﺮ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻲ ﻭﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻳﺘﻸﻷ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﳛﺎﻧﺔ ﻬﺗﺘﺰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺼﺮ ﻣﺸﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻬﻧﺮ ﻣﻄﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﲦﺮﺓ ﻧﻀﻴﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻭﺟﺔ ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺀ ﲨﻴﻠﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﻠﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺃﺑﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺎﻛﻬﺔ ﻭﺧﻀﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺣﱪﺓ ﻭﻧﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﳏﻠﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻬﺑﻴﺔ« ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﻧﻌﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﳓﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﻗﻮﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ«‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﷲ؛ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﺳﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺯﻳﺪ‬
‫– ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ – ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪٦١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻘﺪ ﺟﺮﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﺟﺮﺏ ﻏﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﳒﺪ ﰲ‬

‫ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺃﻋﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﻋﺼﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲨﻊ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺿ ّﻢ ﻟﻠﻬ ّﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﻟﻠﻘﻨﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻃﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺿﺒﻂ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻠﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴّﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻒ ﻭﺃﻋﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺯﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺯﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﻭﺁﺧﺮًﺍ ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨًﺎ ﲪﺪًﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﳉﻼﻝ ﻭﺟﻬﻚ ﻭﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺏ‪.‬‬

‫****‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٦٢‬‬

‫ﺙ ﺗﻮﺑ ﹰﺔ‬
‫ﺃ ْﺣ ِﺪ ﹾ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﺗﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺫﻧﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﺫﻧﻮﺑًﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺗﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﲏ ﺃﻋﺼﻲ ﺍﷲ؟ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﳓﻦ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺀ ﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﺑﺔ؟ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﳓﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻞ ﳏﺘﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﻛﺒﺎﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻚ‪ :‬ﻻ ‪ ...‬ﻋﻨﺪﻙ ﻛﺒﺎﺋﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻨﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﻬﺑﺎ!! ﻃﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﺃﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑﺓ؟ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﺒﺎﺏ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ! ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﲔ! ﻭﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻘﻤﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻏﻨﺎﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ! ﺃﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﺒﺎﺋﺮ؟‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻚ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﳚﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻋﺬﺭ؟ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪:‬‬
‫»ﻣﻦ ﲨﻊ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺗﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻋﺬﺭ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺗﻰ ﺑﺎﺑًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺋﺮ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻼ!‬
‫– ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﺎﺱ ﳍﻢ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﺃﺻ ﹰ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻞ ﳓﻦ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗُﺘﺮﻙ؟ ﺃﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺘﻬﺎﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﻭﻫﻞ ﳓﻦ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻋﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ؟ ﺗُﺮﻯ ﺩﻣﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﱂ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺰﻥ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻞ ﻫﻲ ﰲ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺎﺕ؟ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺪ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ؟ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺘﺨﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺫﻧﻮﺏ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ؟ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻼ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻗﺒّﻠﺖ ﻓﺄﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬‫»ﺃﻥ ﺭﺟ ﹰ‬
 ‫‪٦٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﲪﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ‪َ ‬ﻭﹶﺃ ِﻗ ﹺﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻠﹶﺎ ﹶﺓ ﹶﻃ َﺮ ﹶﻓ ﹺﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﻬَﺎ ﹺﺭ َﻭ ُﺯﹶﻟﻔﹰﺎ‬

‫ﺕ‪] ‬ﻫﻮﺩ‪ «[١١٤ :‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻳُ ﹾﺬ ِﻫ ْﺒ َﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻴﱢﺌﹶﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺴﻨَﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺤَ‬‫ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ْﻴ ﹺﻞ ﹺﺇﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻠﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ؛ ﺣﱴ ﺗﻜﻔﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﳓﻦ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺔ؛ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻘﺼﲑﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺣﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﲣﻴﻠﻲ ﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﻳُﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﱪﺟﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻘﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ! ﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻳﻔﱳ ﺑﻚ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﻢ ﲤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻢ ﺗﻜﺴﺒﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻮﺩ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺘﻚ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﲏ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳓﻦ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺔ؛ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺗﻘﺼﲑﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺷﻜﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﺤﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻴﺖ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﻭﻻﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﻦ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻻ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻜﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﻉ ﻭﻻ ﻇﻤﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻋﺮﻱ ﻭﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ‪َ  :‬ﻭﻣَﺎ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬
‫ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ٍﺔ ﹶﻓ ِﻤ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ‪ [٥٣ :‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ‪» :‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ‬
‫ﰊ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻠﻘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻚ ﻭﺣﺪﻙ ﻻ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﻭﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺠﺮ‬
‫– ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳓﻦ ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳓﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﹸﻗﺪّﺭ ﻟﻚ ﺇﻥ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻚ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺧﻼﻑ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺳﺎﺀﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﲡﺪ ﺃﻧﻚ ﲢﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺬﺍﺭ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺳﺄﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٦٤‬‬

‫ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻭﱂ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺈﺳﺎﺀﺗﻚ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﺘﺬﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ؟ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﺍ ﹾﻗَﺘ َﺮ َ‬
‫ﺏ ﻟِﻠﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬
‫ِﺣﺴَﺎُﺑ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﻏ ﹾﻔ ﹶﻠ ٍﺔ ُﻣ ْﻌ ﹺﺮﺿُﻮ ﹶﻥ * ﻣَﺎ َﻳ ﹾﺄﺗِﻴ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ِﺫ ﹾﻛ ﹴﺮ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺭﺑﱢ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ‬
‫ﻥ * ﻟﹶﺎ ِﻫَﻴ ﹰﺔ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮُﺑ ُﻬ ْﻢ‪] ‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪[٣-١ :‬‬ ‫ﺙ ﹺﺇﻟﱠﺎ ﺍ ْﺳَﺘ َﻤﻌُﻮ ُﻩ َﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹾﻠ َﻌﺒُﻮ ﹶ‬
‫ﺤ َﺪ ٍ‬‫ﻣُ ْ‬
‫ﻳﻌﲏ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ‪  :‬ﹶﺫ ْﺭ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹾﺄﻛﹸﻠﹸﻮﺍ َﻭَﻳَﺘ َﻤﺘﱠﻌُﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻑ َﻳ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﺍﳊﺠﺮ‪ .[٣ :‬ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺻﻼﺓ‬ ‫ﺴ ْﻮ َ‬
‫َﻭﻳُ ﹾﻠ ﹺﻬ ﹺﻬﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟﹶﺄ َﻣﻞﹸ ﹶﻓ َ‬
‫ﺭﻛﻌﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻠﻬﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﺎ؟ ‪‬ﻭَﺍﻟﻠﱠﻪُ ُﻳﺮﹺﻳ ُﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﺘُﻮ َ‬
‫ﺏ‬
‫َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ [٢٧ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ – ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ‪:-‬‬
‫‪َ ‬ﻭﺗُﻮﺑُﻮﺍ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ َﺟﻤِﻴﻌًﺎ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟ َﻌﻠﱠﻜﹸ ْﻢ ُﺗ ﹾﻔ ِﻠﺤُﻮ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪.[٣١ :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﺷﺘﻤﻠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪-١‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﻻ ﲣﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺼﺎﺓ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﱀ؛ ﻷﻬﻧﺎ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﺬﻧﺐ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻳﻀًﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺑﺔ؛ ﺣﱴ ﻳُﺜﺒﺘّﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﺑﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﻠﺮﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ :‬ﹶﻟ ْﻮﻟﹶﺎ َﺗ ْ‬
‫ﺴَﺘ ْﻐ ِﻔﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ‬
‫ﹶﻟ َﻌﻠﱠﻜﹸ ْﻢ ُﺗ ْﺮ َﺣﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪ [٤٦ :‬ﻓﺎﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺒﺐ ﻟﻠﺮﲪﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻳُﻌﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﺧﱪﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﻐﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﱯ‬
 ‫‪٦٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺇﱐ ﻷﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻣﺮﺓ« ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻠﻬﺞ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‬

‫ﻼ ﻭﻬﻧﺎﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﳎﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻃﻬﺮ ﳐﻠﻮﻕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺎﺣًﺎ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﺀً‪ ،‬ﻟﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻛﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺠﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺪﺗﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻐﻔﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﳓﻦ؟ ﻭﺇﱐ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻃﻠﻖ ﺑﻦ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻬﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﻮﺍ ﺗﺎﺋﺒﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺴﻮﺍ ﺗﺎﺋﺒﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺸﻜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺫﻧﺐ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺭﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻬﺑﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻘﻴﻄﻲ – ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ :-‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺪﻕ ﺗﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﲰﻴﺖ ﻧﺼﻮﺣًﺎ‬
‫ﺶ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺎ ﲨﻌﺖ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻏ ّ‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻧﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ :‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﳊﺰﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﳌﻐﻔﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻹﻗﻼﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ‪َ  :‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﻳ ِ‬
‫ﺼﺮﱡﻭﺍ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻓ َﻌﻠﹸﻮﺍ َﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ‬
‫َﻳ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ‪] ‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪ [١٣٥ :‬ﻷﻥ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ‪ :‬ﻣﻊ ﺻﻼﺡ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭﺡ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٦٦‬‬

‫ﻓﺄﻣّﺎ ﻧﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﳛﺮﻛﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻼﹼﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﺮّﻙ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﳌﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻕ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ – ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ – ﻭﻓﻘﺪﻭﺍ ﻧﺒﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﺎﻳﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﺟﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﳚﺄﺭﻭﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻠﻤّﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺻﺪﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﻒ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ :‬ﺭﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺲ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﻡ‬‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺃﺣﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﲢ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ –‬
‫ﻭﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪» :‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﻌﺐ ﺃﺑﺸﺮ ﲞﲑ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻭﻟﺪﺗﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻣﻚ ﺗﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻐﺘﺮ ﺑﺼﻼﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺼﻼﺣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻬﺑﺪﺍﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺮﺿﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺍﷲ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑﻮ ﲪﺰﺓ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺤﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻩ ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﺃﻋﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻭﺱ ﻣﺄﻭﺍﻩ – ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺼّﻨﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﻲ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻭﺃﺑﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺃﻣﺮًﺍ ﻭﺃﻬﻧﺎ ﺗُﺠﻤﻊ‬
‫ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﲣﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﲢﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺑﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺫﺍﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣّﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺲ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺃﺑﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻄﻴﺐ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺋﺢ‬ ‫ﺩﻧ ٌ‬
 ‫‪٦٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻛﺮﻳﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﲑ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ ﻟﻮ ﻏﺴﻞ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻃﻴّﺐ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺬﺭ ﺳﻴﻐﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﲨﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺏ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﲡﺘﻨﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﺍﺕ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻦ ﱂ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎ ﹴ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﻦ ﻳﺒﲏ ﻗﺼﺮًﺍ ﻭﻳﻬﺪﻡ ﻣﺼﺮًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﺘﺎﺓ‪:‬‬
‫ﻯ!‬
‫ﻯ ﻭﺭﺩ ً‬‫ﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﺎﺭﻛﺴﻲ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻭﻣﻠﺤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻫﺪ ً‬
‫ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺭﺫﻳﻠﺔ! ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺃﻥ ﲡﺘﻨﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺭﺫﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﺘﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺑﺮﺯﻫﺎ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳋﻄﺮﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ ﺷﻐﻠﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻏﻔﻞ ﻗﻠﺒﻚ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺜﺮﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻗﺴﺎﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﻧﺎ ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺼﺮﻩ ‪‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ‬
‫ﺴﺌﹸﻮﻟﹰﺎ‪] ‬ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪:‬‬
‫ﻚ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻋ ْﻨﻪُ َﻣ ْ‬
‫ﺼ َﺮ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻔﺆَﺍ َﺩ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺃﹸﻭﹶﻟِﺌ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠ ْﻤ َﻊ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟَﺒ َ‬
‫‪.[٣٦‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﻘﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﺸﻒ ﻏﻴﻈﻪ« ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﺬﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﳌﺎ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﻛﻼﻣﻨﺎ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻣﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻟﻜ ّ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻠﻔﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﲪﺎﻗﺔ ﻧُﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻏﺪًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﻃﻠﻘﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٦٨‬‬

‫‪ -٤‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ‪ :‬ﻓﻜ ﹼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﳜﻄﻮ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫ﷲ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﺄﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻣﺪﺧﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺻﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳐﺮﺟﻬﻢ ﳐﺮﺝ ﺻﺪﻕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﻭﳐﺮﺟﻪ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﹰﺎ ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺻﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺻﺪﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺍﳋﻄﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ؛‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﳏﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ؛ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﳏﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ؛ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﳏﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻼﻥ؛ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻳﺎﻙ ﻭﲰﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ؛ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺮﺗﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺷﺎﺭﻛﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺎﻋﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﳌﻮﻻﻩ »ﻧﺰّﻩ‬
‫ﲰﻌﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﳋﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﺰﻩ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺷﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ« ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﻏﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﳕﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٦‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻦ‪ :‬ﺃﺧﱪﻧﺎ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺻﻒ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﻄﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪» :‬ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻴﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ« ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﹼﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﺤﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﺍﻙ« ﺃﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﻭﻻ ﻛﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﲢﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﻋﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﻦ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﻮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺯﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ«‪.‬‬
 ‫‪٦٩‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺰﻡ ﰲ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻗﺼﻮﺭًﺍ ﰲ ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﻟﺒﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﲡﺪ ﻣﺸﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺝ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ‪ :‬ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﹰﺎ ﻓﻼ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻛﺸﻔﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﺧﺸﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺷﻬﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻲ ﰲ ﺑﻄﻮﻧﻜﻢ ﻭﻓﺮﻭﺟﻜﻢ ﻭﻣﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺰﺍﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺑﺮﺯﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﲢﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺫﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﻷﻥ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺧﲑ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﻳﻔﺘﺤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻴﺴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻗﻌﺪ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺻﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺧﲑ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻔﻠﻪ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻭﺯﻫﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺘﺤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻣﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﷲ؟‬
‫ﻭﻃﺮﻕ ﺇﺿﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻋﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺷﻐﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﺒﺎﺣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺷﻐﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﻔﻀﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺿﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺠﺰ ﺗﺴﻠﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﻴﺎﻃﲔ ﺍﻹﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﳉﻦ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺭﻱ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﹸﻐﻮﻱ ﻋﺪﻭّ ﻓﺎﻋﺘﺼـ ْﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﻨـﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠـ ﹾﺊ ﻭﺗﻌـﻮﺫ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪﻭﱡﻙ ﺍﻹﻧﺴـﻲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺩﺍﺩَﻩ ﲤ ﹸﻠﻜﹾﻪ ﻭﺍﺩﻓ ْﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﱵ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬

‫‪ -٢‬ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ :‬ﹺﺇﻥﱠ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹸ ْﺮ َﺁ ﹶﻥ َﻳ ْﻬﺪِﻱ ِﻟﱠﻠﺘِﻲ ِﻫ َﻲ‬

‫ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ َﻮﻡُ‪] ‬ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪ [٩ :‬ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺮﻛﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻴﺴﺮ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﺃ؟ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻭﻱ‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺮﺑﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻜﻨﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺮﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺗﻴﺴﺮ‬
‫ﱄ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺃﻗﺮﺃ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻴﺴﺮ ﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﳔﺸﻰ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻟﺴﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺖ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲰﺎﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﺄﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺧﺸﻌ ْ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳُﺤﻲ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪ :‬ﻳَﺎ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺁ َﻣﻨُﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍ ﹾﺫ ﹸﻛﺮُﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ ِﺫ ﹾﻛﺮًﺍ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑًﺍ‪] ‬ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ‪ [٤١ :‬ﻓﻀﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻴﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻭﺭﺗﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻛﺜﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ‪ُ  :‬ﻫ َﻮ‬
‫ﺕ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱡﻮ ﹺﺭ‪‬‬ ‫ﺨ ﹺﺮ َﺟﻜﹸ ْﻢ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟ ﱡﻈ ﹸﻠﻤَﺎ ِ‬
‫ﺼﻠﱢﻲ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻭ َﻣﻠﹶﺎِﺋ ﹶﻜﺘُﻪُ ِﻟﻴُ ْ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ُﻳ َ‬
‫]ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪.[٤٣ :‬‬
‫‪ -٤‬ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟ ﹼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻔﹰﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﳝًﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺘﻪ؛ ﺣﱴ ﻧﻮﻗﺮﻩ ﻭﳒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﲝﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﺳ ﹾﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ ﻛﻢ ﺗﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﻚ ﻭﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﻚ؟ ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﳚﻠﺲ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻳﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﳑﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﻘﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﻲ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻞ ﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺻ ﹼﻞ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﺭﻙ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭًﺍ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪٧١‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻸ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﲟﻌﲎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺻﻠﹼﻰ ﻋﻠﻲّ ﺻﻼﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻬﺑﺎ ﻋﺸﺮًﺍ«‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳُﻨﺪﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -١‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀ‪ :‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﺑﺴﻨﺪ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺛﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺍﺀ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ – ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﲰﻌﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻭﺣﲔ ﳝﺴﻲ ﻋﺸﺮًﺍ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺎﻋﱵ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ«‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٢‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﻃﻦ‪ :‬ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﳎﻠﺲ ﳒﻠﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ –‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪» :‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺟﻠﺲ ﻗﻮﻡ ﱂ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻬﻢ ﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻋﺬﻬﺑﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﻏﻔﺮ ﳍﻢ«‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٣‬ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻘﻴﻄﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳉﻨﺲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﱯ ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺃﰊ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻭﺱ ﺑﻦ ﺃﻭﺱ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫– ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﲰﻌﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪» :‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻲّ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٧٢‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺻﻼﺗﻜﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻲّ ﻓﻴﻪ« ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﻣﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﹶﺭﻣﺖ ﻋﻈﺎﻣﻚ؟ ﻳﻌﲏ‪ :‬ﺑﻠﻴﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ«‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗُﻌﺮﺽ ﺻﻼﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻀﺎﻋﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ؟ ﺇﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺣ ّﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻬﺠﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ‪» :‬ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ – ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬
‫– ﺿﺮﺏ ﺑﻌﺼﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻓﺎﻧﻔﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻛﺎﻟﻄﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﺠ ّﺮ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻭﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺟﺎﺑﺮ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻟﻮﺳﻌﻨﺎ«‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٥‬ﺍﳊﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ –‬
‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ – ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻤﲏ ﺷﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺃﻧﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺧﲑًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﻔﻘﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﻔﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ :‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﻩ ﻓﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﻭﳛﻚ ﺗﻔﻘﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻣﻦ َﻋﺒَﺪ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﺴﺪ ﺃﻛﺜﹶﺮ ﳑّﺎ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪» :‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﹰﺎ ﻳﻠﺘﻤﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠ ًﻤﺎ ﺳﻬّﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ« ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺳﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪» -‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ« ﻗﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺮ‪ :‬ﻷﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻠﻤﻠﻚ ﳌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺟﻮ ﳌﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﱃ ﲦﺮﺍﺗﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﳛﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪٧٣‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫‪ -٦‬ﺍﻹﻛﺜﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﰊ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﺔ –‬

‫ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ – ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﻓﻘﻠﺖ‪ :‬ﻣُﺮﱐ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﲏ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻝ‪» :‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﻡ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻟﻪ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ‬ﺃﺭﺷﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻًﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺟﺰ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ – ﺭﺿﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪» -‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺀﺓ ﻓﻠﻴﺘﺰﻭﺝ؛ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺃﻏﺾّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻔﻆ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﻡ؛ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﺎﺀ« ﻓﺠﻤﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺣﻜﻤﲔ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٧‬ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺳﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﻄﺮ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳛﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -٨‬ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﲜﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﳊ ّﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ‪ :‬ﻳَﺎ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺁ َﻣﻨُﻮﺍ ﺍﺗﱠﻘﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﱠ َﻪ َﻭﻛﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎ ِﺩ ِﻗ َ‬
‫ﲔ‪] ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ [١١٩‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﰲ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺩﻧﻴﺎﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﺼﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﲝﺒﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺷﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺻﻴﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﺎﱄ‬
‫ﻬﺑﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺪﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻧﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺕ »ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺃﻛﱪ« ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻭﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﺗﻘﺮّﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺗﺜﻨﻴﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﳛﺐ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﺃﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰ ُﻡ ﻻ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﱪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﹼﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﶈﺼﻨﺎﺕ ﻟﺸﻴﺨﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺧﺘﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺸﻴﺨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﲞﺎﲤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻠﹼﻐﻨﺎ ﻭﺇﻳﺎﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺪﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺭﻓﻴﻘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٧٤‬‬

‫ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳋﺎﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻘﲑ ﺭﺍﺟﻲ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺭﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ :‬ﲤﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﲝﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﳓﻦ ﺣﱴ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﻬﺑﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻮﻻ ﻓﻀﻠﻚ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‬
‫ﻭﺁﺧﺮًﺍ ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮًﺍ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﺘﺢ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺭﲪﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻨّﻨﺎ ﺑﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺃﺭﺣﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﲪﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺎ ﺃﻛﺮﻡ ﺍﻷﻛﺮﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﻔﺮ ﺫﻧﻮﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺮ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻔﻀﺤﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺮﲪﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﺆﻫﻠﻨﺎ ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺟﻨﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺃﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺣّﺪﻧﺎﻙ ﻭﺁﻣﻨﺎ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻧﺴﺄﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻔﻈﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﺑﻚ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻘﻴﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺭﺟﺎﺅﻧﺎ ﺑﺮﲪﺘﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺄﺭﺟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﺮﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺟﺎﺅﻧﺎ ﺑﺮﲪﺔ ﺧﺎﻟﻘﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﻚ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻇﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ ﰊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﺎ ﳓﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻈ ّﻦ ﺑﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﹼﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﺘﻚ ﻭﻋﻔﻮﻙ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧﻚ ﻭﻣﻐﻔﺮﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺄﻣﻞ ﻭﻧﺮﺟﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺻﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﲪﺘﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻼﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺫﻯ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺎ ﳔﺎﻑ ﻭﳓﺬﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﺟﻌﻞ ﺃﻋﺰ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻈﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺳﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﳊﻈﺔ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺼﲑ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﻻ ﲣﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻟ ﱠﺮﻭْﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﳛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻔﺮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﺿﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻏﻀﺒﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺭﲪﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
 ‫‪٧٥‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻧﺴﺄﻟﻚ ﻭﳓﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻟﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺼﲑ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﲪﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﺬﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﱳ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻒ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﱐ ﺃﻋﻬﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺼﲑ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻧﺴﺄﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺰﺗﻚ ﻭﺟﻼﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻈﻤﺘﻚ ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺴﺎﻧﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺜﺮﺍﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺁﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﻋﺎﺗﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺒﻎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺂﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻚ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﳌﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﺭﺣﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻏﺮﺑﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻭﺣﺸﺘﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻧﺴﺄﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﻈﻤﺘﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺜﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﺮﺣﻢ ﺫ ﹼﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻘﺼﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﺬﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﱳ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺑﺮًﺍ ﺭﺣﻴﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﻚ ﺃﺑ ّﺮ ﻭﺃﺭﺣﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﺑﺬﻧﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﻴﻮﺑﻨﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺃﻛﺮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺳُﺌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺎ ﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﳓﺼﻰ ﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺘﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺑﻦ ﳛﲕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺭﺕ ﰲ ‪١٤٢٥/٢/١٤‬ﻫ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬ ‫‪٧٦‬‬

‫ﻓﻬـــﺮﺱ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ‪٥ .........................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ‪٧ .................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮ ‪١٣ .........................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪١٣ .................... .‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﱪ‪١٨ ..................................... :‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺯﺥ‪٢٢ ................ :‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻥ‪٢٣ ..........:‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺴﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﺀ‪٢٥ .................. :‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﺒﻌﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﻮﺭ‪٢٦ ...... :‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺏ‪٣٥ ................................ :‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ‪٤٢ ................................... :‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ‪ :‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ‪٥٠ ..................... :‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻄﺮﺓ‪٥٢ ................................. :‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ‪٥٣ ....................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪٥٣ .................................. :‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪٥٣ .................................... :‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﻬﺑﺎ‪٥٣ ...........................................:‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺭﻳﺢ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪٥٤ ............................................ :‬‬
 ‫‪٧٧‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣــﺔ‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺯﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪٥٤ ................................ :‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﺡ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﻬﺑﻢ‪٥٥ ...................... :‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﳍﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪٥٥ ................ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪٥٥ ..................................... :‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪٥٦ ............................................ :‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺫﺍﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺫﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ‪٥٧ ....................... :‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﱏ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺔ‪٥٧ ................................. :‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪٥٨ ............................................ :‬‬
‫ﺙ ﺗﻮﺑ ﹰﺔ ‪٦٢ ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺃ ْﺣ ِﺪ ﹾ‬
‫ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ ‪٧٤ ...................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻬـــﺮﺱ ‪٧٦ .................................................‬‬

‫****‬